10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 1-11152

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania	23-1882087
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

781 Third Avenue
King of Prussia, Pennsylvania	19406-1409
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number including area code: (610) 878-7800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:	None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:	Common Stock (Par Value $0.01 Per Share)
	Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock Rights

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not herein contained, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  x    No  ¨

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $1,035,966,054 as of June 30, 2004.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock was 54,894,180 as of March 16, 2005.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the registrant’s 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed subsequent to the date hereof, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, and 14 of this Annual Report. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed not later than 120 days after the conclusion of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
PART I
	ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	1
		General	1
		Wireless Communications Industry Overview	3
		Evolution of Wireless Standards	4
		Strategy	5
		InterDigital’s Technology Position	6
		Business Activities	8
		Competition	15
		Employees	16
		Executive Officers	16
		Risk Factors	18
	ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	22
	ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	22
		Nokia	22
		Samsung	23
		Lucent	24
		Federal	24
		Other	24
	ITEM 4.	SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS	25
PART II
	ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR COMPANY’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	26
	ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	26
	ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	27
	ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	41
	ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	42
	ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	68
	ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	68
	ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	69
PART III
	ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF INTERDIGITAL	69
	ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	69
	ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	69
	ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS	69
	ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	69
PART IV
	ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	70
		SIGNATURES	75
		EXHIBIT 10.55
		EXHIBIT 10.64
		EXHIBIT 10.65
		EXHIBIT 10.66
		EXHIBIT 21
		EXHIBIT 23.1
		EXHIBIT 31.1
		EXHIBIT 31.2
		EXHIBIT 32.1
		EXHIBIT 32.2

InterDigital^®, AIM^™, AIM Antenna^™, and AIM Performware^™ are trademarks of InterDigital Communications Corporation. All other trademarks, service marks and/or trade names appearing in this Form 10-K are the property of their respective holders.

i

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

2G

“Second Generation.” A generic term usually used in reference to voice-oriented digital wireless products, primarily mobile handsets that provide basic voice services.

2.5G

A generic term usually used in reference to fully integrated voice and data digital wireless devices offering higher data rate services and features compared to 2G and enhanced Internet access.

3G

“Third Generation.” A generic term usually used in reference to the next generation of digital mobile devices and networks, which provide high speed data communications capability along with voice services.

3.5G

A generic term usually used in reference to fully integrated voice and data digital wireless devices offering higher data rate services and features when compared to 3G.

802.11

An IEEE standard for wireless LAN interoperability. Letter appendages identify various amendments to the standard which denote different features and capabilities.

Adaptive Interference Management (AIM^™)

Intelligent software that monitors the RF environment and adapts operating parameters (such as antenna beam direction, power and frequency) of wireless devices to reduce the degrading effects of RF interference. AIM^™ is a trademark of InterDigital Communications Corporation.

Air Interface

The wireless interface between a terminal unit and the base station or between wireless devices in a communication system.

ANSI

“American National Standards Institute.” The United States national standards accreditation and policy agency. ANSI monitors and provides oversight of all accredited U.S. Standards Development Organizations to insure they follow an open public process.

ASIC

“Application Specific Integrated Circuit.” A computer chip developed for a specific purpose, and frequently designed using a mircoprocessor core and integrating other functions unique to the application in which the chip will be used. Many SOC designs are ASICs.

Bandwidth

A range of frequencies that can carry a signal on a transmission medium, measured in Hertz and computed by subtracting the lower frequency limit from the upper frequency limit.

Base Station

The central radio transmitter/receiver, or group of central radio transmitters/receivers, that maintains communications with subscriber equipment sets within a given range (typically, a cell site).

CDMA

“Code Division Multiple Access.” A method of digital spread spectrum technology wireless transmission that allows a large number of users to share access to a single radio channel by assigning unique code sequences to each user.

cdmaOne

A wireless cellular system application based on 2G narrowband CDMA technologies (e.g., TIA/EIA-95).

cdma2000

A standard which evolved from narrowband CDMA technologies (i.e., TIA/EIA-95 and cdmaOne). The CDMA family includes, without limitation, CDMA2000 1x, CDMA 1xEV-DO, CDMA2000 1xEV-DV and CDMA2000 3x. Although CDMA2000 1x is included under the IMT-2000 family of 3G standards, its functionality is similar to 2.5G technologies. CDMA2000^® and cdma2000^® are registered trademarks of the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA – USA).

Chip

An electronic circuit that consists of many individual circuit elements integrated onto a single substrate.

Chip Rate

The rate at which information signal bits are transmitted as a sequence of chips. The chip rate is usually several times the information bit rate.

Circuit

The connection of channels, conductors and equipment between two given points through which an electric current may be established.

Digital

Information transmission where the data is represented in discrete numerical form.

Duplex

A characteristic of data transmission; either full duplex or half duplex. Full duplex permits simultaneous transmission in both directions of a communications channel. Half duplex means only one transmission at a time.

ii

EDGE

“Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution.” Technology designed to deliver data at rates up to 473.6 kbps, triple the data rate of GSM wireless services, and built on the existing GSM standard and core network infrastructure. EDGE systems built in Europe are considered a 2.5G technology.

FDD

“Frequency Division Duplex.” A duplex operation using a pair of frequencies, one for transmission and one for reception.

FDMA

“Frequency Division Multiple Access.” A technique in which the available transmission of bandwidth of a channel is divided by frequencies into narrower bands over fixed time intervals resulting in more efficient voice or data transmissions over a single channel.

Frequency

The rate at which an electrical current or signal alternates, usually measured in Hertz.

GHz

“Gigahertz.” One gigahertz is equal to one billion cycles per second.

GPRS

“General Packet Radio Systems.” A packet-based wireless communications service that enables high-speed wireless Internet and other data communications via GSM networks.

GSM

“Global System for Mobile Communications.” A digital cellular standard, based on TDMA technology, specifically developed to provide system compatibility across country boundaries.

Hertz

The unit of measuring radio frequency (one cycle per second).

HSUPA

“High Speed Uplink Packet Access.” An enhancement to WCDMA technology that improves the performance of the radio uplink to increase capacity and throughput, and to reduce delay.

HSDPA

“High Speed Downlink Packet Access.” An enhancement to WCDMA technology optimized for high speed packet-switched data and high-capacity circuit switched capabilities. A 3G technology enhancement.

IEEE

“Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers.” A membership organization of engineers that among its activities, produces data communications standards.

IEEE 802

A standards body within the IEEE that specifies communications protocols for both wired and wireless local area and wide area networks.

IC

“Integrated Circuit.” A multifunction circuit formed in or around a semiconductor base.

Internet

A network comprised of more than 100,000 interconnected commercial, academic and governmental networks in over 100 countries.

ISO

“International Standards Organization.” An international organization, which sets international electrical and electronics standards. The U.S. member body is ANSI.

ITU

“International Telecommunication Union.” An international organization established by the United Nations with membership from virtually every government in the world. Publishes recommendations for engineers, designers, OEMs, and service providers through its three main activities: defining and adoption of telecommunications standards; regulating the use of the radio frequency spectrum; and furthering telecommunications development globally.

ITC

“InterDigital Technology Corporation,” one of our wholly-owned Delaware subsidiaries.

Kbps

“Kilobits per Second.” A measure of information-carrying capacity (i.e., the data transfer rate) of a circuit, in thousands of bits.

Km

Kilometer.

LAN

“Local Area Network.” A private data communications network linking a variety of data devices located in the same geographical area and which share files, programs and various devices.

iii

Layer 1

“L1.” The OSI Reference Model communications protocol that governs the hardware connections and byte stream-encoding/decoding for transmission. It is called the physical layer and is the only layer that makes a physical transfer of information between network nodes.

Layer 2/3

“L2/3.” The OSI Reference Model Communications protocol that contains the physical address of a client or server station, also known as the data-link layer or MAC layer.

MAN

“Metropolitan Area Network.” A communication network which covers a geographic area such as a city or suburb.

Mbps

“Megabits per Second.” A measure of information – carrying capacity of a circuit; millions of bits per second.

Modem

A combination of the words modulator and demodulator, referring to a device that modifies a signal (such as sound or digital data) to allow it to be carried over a medium such as wire or radio.

Multiple Access

A methodology (e.g., FDMA, TDMA, CDMA) by which multiple users share access to a transmission channel. Most modern systems accomplish this through “demand assignment” where the specific parameter (frequency, time slot, or code) is automatically assigned when a subscriber requires it.

NTDD

Narrowband, low chip rate CDMA TDD, one form of which is commonly known as TD-SCDMA.

ODM

“Original Design Manufacturer.” Independent contractors, primarily based in Taiwan, that develop and manufacture equipment on behalf of another company using another company’s brand name on the product.

OEM

“Original Equipment Manufacturer.” A manufacturer of equipment (e.g., base stations, terminals) that sells to operators.

OSI Reference Model

A seven layer network architecture model developed by ISO and ITU. Each layer specifies particular network functions.

Outer Loop Power Control

Outer Loop Power Control is a process used to maintain the required quality of communication for a given service, such as voice, data or video, while using minimal radio transmission power.

PDC

“Personal Digital Cellular.” The standard developed in Japan for TDMA digital cellular mobile radio communications systems.

PHS

“Personal Handyphone System.” A digital cordless telephone system and digital network based on TDMA. This low-mobility microcell standard was developed in Japan. Commonly known as PAS in China.

Platform

A combination of hardware and software blocks implementing a complete set of functionalities that can be optimized to create an end product.

Protocol

A formal set of conventions governing the format and control of interaction among communicating functional units.

RF

“Radio Frequency.” The range of electomagnetic frequencies above the audio range and below visible light.

Smart Antenna

Antennas utilizing multiple elements with signal processing capabilities which enhance desired or reduce undesired transmission to or from wireless products.

iv

SOC

“System-on-a-chip.” The embodiment on a single silicon chip of the essential components that comprise the operational core of a digital system.

Standards

Specifications that reflect agreements on products, practices, or operations by nationally or internationally accredited industrial and professional associations or governmental bodies in order to allow for interoperability.

TDD

“Time Division Duplexing.” A duplex operation using a single frequency, divided by time, for transmission and reception.

TDMA

“Time Division Multiple Access.” A method of digital wireless transmission that allows a multiplicity of users to share access (in a time ordered sequence) to a single channel without interference by assigning unique time segments to each user within the channel.

TD-SCDMA

“Time Division Synchronous CDMA.” A form of TDD utilizing a low Chip Rate.

Terminal

Equipment at the end of a communications path. Often referred to as an end-user device or handset. Terminal units include mobile phone handsets, personal digital assistants, computer laptops and telephones.

TIA/EIA-54

The original TDMA digital cellular standard in the United States. Implemented in 1992 and then upgraded to the TIA/EIA-136 digital standard in 1996.

TIA/EIA-95

A 2G CDMA standard.

TIA/EIA-136

A United States standard for digital TDMA technology.

TIA (USA)

The Telecommunications Industry Association.

UWC-136

An evolved form of the U.S. TIA/EIA-136 digital cellular TDMA standard based on EDGE. Included within the IMT-2000 family of 3G standards.

WAN

“Wide Area Network.” A data network that extends a LAN outside of its coverage area, via telephone common carrier lines, to link to other LANs.

WCDMA

“Wideband Code Division Multiple Access” or “Wideband CDMA.” The next generation of CDMA technology optimized for high speed packet-switched data and high-capacity circuit switched capabilities. A 3G technology.

Wideband

A communications channel with a user data rate higher than a voice-grade channel; usually 64kpbs to 2mbps.

Wireless

Radio-based systems that allow transmission of information without a physical connection, such as copper wire or optical fiber.

v

Wireless LAN (WLAN)

“Wireless Local Area Network.” A collection of devices (computers, networks, portables, mobile equipment, etc.) linked wirelessly over a limited local area.

WTDD

“Wideband TDD” or “Wideband Time Division Duplex.” A form of TDD utilizing a high Chip Rate.

vi

In this document, the words “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us,” “the Company,” and “InterDigital” refer only to InterDigital Communications Corporation collectively with its subsidiaries.

PART I

Item 1. BUSINESS

General

We design and develop advanced wireless technology solutions, which we make available for license or sale to semiconductor companies and equipment producers. Our advanced technology solutions are comprised of inventions, know-how and other technical data (e.g., software, designs and specifications) related to the design and operation of digital wireless products and systems. We patent many of our inventions and license those inventions to wireless communications equipment producers and/or related suppliers. In addition, we offer for sale or license, on a non-exclusive basis, various portions of our technology (e.g., reference designs, algorithms, know-how and software) to producers of wireless equipment products and components. Our advanced technology solutions have been developed independently, in conjunction with equipment manufacturers and through strategic acquisitions. We also actively participate in the standard setting process for wireless technologies, contributing solutions that are incorporated from time-to-time into the standards.

We currently generate revenues and cash flow primarily through royalties from the licensing of our patent portfolio. We also expect to generate revenues and cash flow from licensing of other technology product solutions (e.g., FDD terminal unit protocol stack software, smart antenna solutions, physical layer chipset designs, etc.) and the provision of specialized engineering services.

As an early participant in the digital wireless market, we developed pioneering solutions for both of the main air interface technologies in use in today’s cellular systems, namely: TDMA and CDMA technologies. Our significant worldwide portfolio of patents and patent applications in wireless communications has been driven by our high level of early and fundamental invention in digital wireless technologies. A number of our patented inventions are essential to the implementation of 2G, 2.5G and 3G wireless products, and we have been licensing those and other inventions to numerous wireless communications manufacturers in conjunction with their manufacture, and sale of 2G, 2.5G or 3G products. As a result of our participation in the Standards, we have filed declarations that make our essential inventions available for use and we will license on fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory or similar terms consistent with the requirements of the individual Standards organizations. In addition, we have been developing various technology solutions for use in wireless LAN/MAN standards being developed by the IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electric Engineering) 802 LAN/MAN standards committee. The products incorporating our inventions include but are not limited to:

• Mobile phones and personal digital assistants

• Other wireless devices (e.g., laptops, PC cards, USB sticks)

• Base stations and other infrastructure equipment

• Modules and components for wireless devices

We also incorporate our inventions into our own product solutions. We develop advanced technology platforms (including reference designs, know-how and software) that provide highly efficient solutions for the wireless market. We offer technology and product solutions for mainstream wireless applications that deliver time-to-market, performance and cost advantages, as well as product differentiation advantages to our customers. Most of our principal solutions are implemented in a proprietary manner to conform to applicable standards, although there are currently no standards requiring conformance by or use of our Adaptive Interference Management solutions.

We invest heavily in the development of advanced wireless technology and related products by building and sustaining a highly specialized engineering team. Over each of the last three years, our cost of development has represented approximately one-half of our total operating expenses. The largest portion of our cost of development has been personnel costs. As of December 31, 2004, we employed 209 engineers, of whom 58% hold masters degrees and an additional 17% hold PhDs. Our technology development programs broaden and deepen our extensive patent portfolio through inventing activities necessary to create new, higher performance, leading-edge technologies, and expand our body of technical know-how related to standards-based wireless technologies and systems, and have enabled us to bring product to market. We are developing technologies that may be utilized to extend the life of the current generation of products, and that may be applicable to multiple generational standards such as 2G, 2.5G and 3G as well as IEEE 802 wireless standards, and that may have applicability across multiple air interfaces.

We incorporated in 1972 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. We conducted our initial public offering in November 1981. Our corporate headquarters and administrative offices are located in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, USA. Our research and technology and product development teams are located in the following locations: King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, USA; Melville, New York, USA; Melbourne, Florida, USA; and Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

1

Our Internet address is www.interdigital.com. There, in the “Investing” section, we make available, free of charge, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, other reports required to be filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. Reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website.

2

Wireless Communications Industry Overview

Participants in the wireless communications industry include original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), semiconductor manufacturers, original design manufacturers (ODMs), a variety of technology suppliers, applications developers, and operators that deliver communications products and services to consumers and businesses. In order to achieve economies of scale and allow for interoperability across geographic regions, many market participants develop and produce standards-based solutions for digital wireless equipment. In the early stages of deployment, the cellular market originally focused on delivering voice-oriented services. Over the past three years, the industry has begun a transition from digital voice-oriented wireless products and services (commonly referred to as Second Generation or 2G), to more fully integrated digital voice and data services offering higher data rates and enhanced Internet access (in its most robust form commonly referred to as 3G). Concurrently, non-cellular wireless technologies such as IEEE 802.11, have emerged as a means to provide wireless Internet access for fixed and nomadic use.

Over the course of the last ten years, the cellular communications industry has experienced rapid growth worldwide. Total worldwide cellular wireless communications subscribers rose from slightly more than 200 million at the end of 1997 to 1.7 billion at the end of 2004. In several countries, mobile telephones now outnumber fixed-line telephones. Market analysts expect that the aggregate number of global wireless subscribers could reach 3 billion in 2009.

* 2004 and 2005 data represents projections of handset sales.

Source: Strategy Analytics, Inc. – March 2005.

The growth in new cellular subscribers combined with customers who are replacing their mobile phones helped fuel the growth of mobile phone sales from approximately 115 million units in 1997 to approximately 680 million units in 2004. We believe the combination of a broad subscriber base, continued technological change, and the ever growing dependence on the Internet, e-mail and other digital media sets the stage for growth in the sales of wireless products and services through the balance of this decade. While 2.5G services have been widely deployed as an initial enabler of robust data services, a number of service providers have deployed 3G equipment to further enable enhanced data services.

NTT DoCoMo, the largest wireless operator in Japan, launched a WCDMA 3G network in Japan in October 2001. This service now has over 10.5 million subscribers. 3G services have also been launched by Hutchison, Vodafone, Orange and TIM Italy. The deployment, pace and growth of the 3G market will depend upon the ability of the manufacturers to offer and deliver fully-functional equipment, including mobile phones, at affordable prices and the introduction and uptake of new services designed to use the enhanced data capability. Major manufacturers brought 3G mobile phones to market during 2004. Approximately 16 million WCDMA enabled phones were sold in 2004, and analysts have forecast shipments of 30 to 40 million WCDMA-enabled mobile phones in 2005. Shipments of cdma2000 First Evolution (1x EV) phones reached almost 13 million units in 2004 and are expected to reach approximately 30 million units in 2005.

In addition to the advances in cellular technologies, additional wireless technologies to provide data and other communications have emerged. In particular, IEEE 802.11 WLAN has gained momentum in recent years as a wireless broadband solution in the home, office and in public areas. IEEE 802.11 technology offers high-speed data connectivity through unlicensed spectrum within a relatively modest operating range. From initial semiconductor shipments of products built to the IEEE 802.11 standard in 1998, sales have nearly doubled every year since introduction. While relatively small compared to the cellular market (80 million IEEE 802.11 wireless ICs shipped in 2004), the affordability and attractiveness of the technology has helped fuel rapid market growth. In addition, the IEEE wireless standards bodies are creating sets of standards to enable higher data rates, provide coverage over longer distances and enable roaming.

3

Evolution of Wireless Standards

Wireless communications standards are formal guidelines for engineers, designers, manufacturers and service providers, that regulate and define the use of the licensed radio frequency spectrum in conjunction with providing specifications for wireless communications products. A primary goal of the standards is to assure inter-operability of products from multiple OEM companies across any given standard. A number of international and regional wireless Standards Development Organizations (SDOs), including the International Telecommunications Union (ITU), the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI), the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS), and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), have responsibility for the development and administration of wireless communications standards. New standards are typically adopted with each new generation of products, are typically compatible with previous generations of the standards and are defined to ensure interoperability with other standards.

These SDOs ask participating companies to formally declare whether they believe they hold patents essential to a particular standard and whether they are willing to license those patents on either a royalty-bearing basis on fair, reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms or on a royalty-free basis. “Essential” patents include claims relating to those inventions that must be used in equipment which operates in conformance with a standard. To manufacture, have made, sell, offer to sell, or use such products on a non-infringing basis, a manufacturer or other entity doing so must first obtain a license from the holder of those essential patent rights. The SDOs do not have enforcement authority against entities that fail to obtain required licenses, nor the ability to protect the intellectual property rights of holders of essential patents.

The principal standardized digital cellular wireless products in use today are based on TDMA and CDMA technologies. The standardized TDMA technologies include GSM, TIA/EIA 54/136 (commonly known as AMPS-D, United States-based TDMA), PDC, PHS, DECT and TETRA standards. Of the TDMA technologies, GSM is the most prevalent, having been deployed in Europe, Asia, Africa, the Middle East, parts of the Americas and other regions. Due to its strong dominance in Europe and pervasive use elsewhere in the world, GSM permits, with very limited exceptions, inter-country roaming for its customers. Approximately 70% of handset sales for 2004 conformed to GSM standards. TIA/EIA 54/136 technology has been deployed primarily in North, Central and South America. PDC technology has been deployed in Japan while PHS technologies are deployed primarily in Japan, the People’s Republic of China (under the name PAS) and Taiwan. DECT is a digital cordless telephone standard that operates primarily in Europe. TETRA is an open digital trunked radio standard widely deployed in Europe to meet the needs of professional mobile radio users such as railways and utilities. Collectively, the remaining non-GSM TDMA-based technologies accounted for approximately 6% of worldwide handset sales in 2004.

Deployment of standardized TDMA-based 2.5G systems (such as GPRS and EDGE) accelerated in 2004. 2.5G systems provide higher data rate services based on packet-data technology and, depending upon the generation of installed infrastructure, can be implemented without substantial additional infrastructure investment. However, 2.5G systems utilizing existing radio spectrum may face capacity constraints as data-rich applications become more widely used. Of the GSM handsets sold in 2004, approximately half contained 2.5G functionality.

Narrowband CDMA-based technologies, include TIA/EIA-95 (more commonly known as cdmaOne) and cdma2000 technologies and serve parts of the United States, Japan, South Korea and several other countries. In 2004, approximately 20% of worldwide handset sales were based on these CDMA technologies.

Deployment of 3G services is expected to allow operators to take advantage of additional radio spectrum allocations and, through the use of even higher speeds than 2.5G, deliver additional voice and data-rich applications to their customers. In 2004, approximately 3% of worldwide handset sales were based on WCDMA technologies. The remaining handset sales in 2004 used analog and other technologies.

In late 1999, the ITU established a set of recommendations for IMT-2000, the internationally accepted umbrella standard for various 3G technologies. IMT-2000 defined five sets of alternative specifications, which can be selected or aggregated by equipment manufacturers to produce standards-compliant 3G wireless products for their customers. The five specifications under the 3G standard include the following forms of CDMA technology: CDMA FDD, CDMA TDD, and Multichannel CDMA (cdma2000 technology). There are two forms of CDMA TDD in the specifications: WTDD (also referred to as High Chip Rate – HCR) and NTDD (also referred to as Low Chip Rate – LCR—or TD-SCDMA). WTDD and CDMA FDD combined are commonly referred to as Wideband CDMA (WCDMA) or UMTS. The IMT-2000 umbrella 3G standard also includes two forms of TDMA technology: UWC-136 and a form of DECT.

Depending upon their individual business plans, operators with existing GSM systems are deploying either GPRS-EDGE or WCDMA systems. Analysts expect that GSM operators will migrate to WCDMA. Operators that originally deployed TIA/EIA-95-based systems are generally expected to deploy cdma2000 systems. Operators that originally deployed TIA/EIA-136 systems are deploying either UWC-136 or WCDMA systems. Analysts expect that TIA/EIA-136 operators will migrate to WCDMA. TD-SCDMA is being developed for potential deployment in the People’s Republic of China and for possible export outside of China. The chart below shows the technology evolution from 2G to 2.5G to 3G to 3.5G:

4

The capabilities of the various 3G technologies have continued to evolve within the SDOs. In particular, the development of faster and more efficient methods to carry packet data over the air has resulted in the ability to provide data rates substantially higher than were envisioned in the original 3G specifications. Chief among these emerging technologies are High Speed Downlink and High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSDPA/HSUPA), an evolution of WCDMA, and First Evolution Data Optimized (1xEV-DO) and First Evolution Data and Voice (1xEV-DV), outgrowths of cdma2000.

The IEEE began to address the need for an interoperability standard among WLANs in 1990. The final standard, IEEE 802.11, was ratified in 1997. Since that time, the IEEE 802.11 Working Group has continued to update and expand the basic IEEE 802.11 standard to achieve higher data rates, accommodate additional operating frequencies and provide additional features. Equipment conforming to these standards (i.e., 802.11a/b/g) is in the marketplace today. Intended for short range applications, operating in unlicensed frequency bands and requiring little infrastructure, 802.11 standards-based equipment has seen substantial market growth, especially in consumer home networking applications. Similar to 3G, this standard also continues to evolve toward higher data rates and improved service capabilities.

The wide area network community has also established the IEEE 802.16 Working Group to define air interface standards for longer distance (2 to 50 km) Metropolitan Area and Wide Area Networks (MAN/WAN). The first 802.16 standard was published in 2002. Specifying operating frequencies from 10 to 66 GHz, it is primarily aimed toward very high speed (>100 Mbps) wide area point to multipoint fixed applications, such as infrastructure backhaul. In 2003, an amendment to the 802.16 standard was published adding operation in the 2 to 11 GHz frequency bands. This addition made the standard much more suitable for providing wireless broadband high speed Internet access for residential and small office applications. Analysts expect that equipment conforming to the 802.16-2004 fixed standard will be introduced in 2005. Concurrent with this revision of the fixed standard, the 802.16 Working Group embarked on defining a mobile version of the standard (referred to as 802.16e). The mobile version of the standard is expected to be completed in 2005. More recently, the IEEE 802 community has begun to address the question of handover between the different IEEE 802 technologies, both wired and wireline, as well as handover to external non-802 networks, such as 3G. This new group, 802.21, entitled Media Independent Handover Services HS, is anticipating that their initial standard will be available mid-2006.

Strategy

Our vision is to be a preferred technology provider for our customers’ advanced wireless solutions. We invest in the development of leading-edge, advanced technologies designed to meet existing and emerging demands of the wireless marketplace. We pursue technology investments that are aligned with our existing strengths and experience in developing advanced wireless modem technology and components (such as advanced interference solutions, 3G baseband processor, and associated protocol software, and radio resource management) and we make our inventive designs available to relevant standards bodies. We monetize our investment in technology development primarily through patent licensing and the non-exclusive sale or license of various portions of our technology (e.g., reference designs, know-how and software) that we have developed for incorporation into products of semiconductor, antenna or other equipment manufacturers. We market our technology solutions to commercial manufacturers and to suppliers to the U.S. government. We also provide engineering services to customers.

Our strategy consists of the following key elements:

• Development and delivery of advanced wireless technologies to address the constantly evolving demands of the wireless market while securing and protecting the underlying intellectual property. The heart of our ability to create value lies in our sustained investment in core technology development that advances the state-of-the-art of wireless solutions.

• A program of licensing our patented technology to wireless equipment producers worldwide. Our substantial portfolio of patents and patent applications includes inventions applicable to all forms of TDMA and CDMA products and systems, as well as 802-based and other wireless technologies. Our current patent license agreements and the capability to license our patent portfolio are valuable assets. We continue to broaden our base of licensees around the world and to expand the breadth of technologies covered under our patent license agreements.

5

• Implementation of our technologies into a diversified portfolio of products to serve a broad range of customers in the global cellular, IEEE 802 wireless and U. S. government markets. Our products include reference designs (including ASIC designs and antenna designs), software, and know-how. These products, along with maintenance, support and upgrade services, can be sold directly to our customers or through partnerships entitling us to receive royalties and other fees.

• Maximizing the value proposition for our customers and partners by combining our intellectual property rights and technology products into a coordinated offering. Through such offerings our customers gain the enhanced benefit of access to our core technology and our efficient implementations to enhance the performance of their products in a cost effective and timely manner.

• Substantial involvement in key worldwide standards bodies to contribute to the ongoing definition of wireless standards and to incorporate our inventions into those standards. By actively participating in both cellular and IEEE 802 wireless standards development activities, we continue to contribute to the development of better solutions for the marketplace, build recognition of our technical competence, gain insight into market trends, and secure positions for our intellectual property within the technology standards.

• Acquisition of valuable intellectual property, technologies and products that will enhance the value of our portfolio of solutions for our customers. We seek to acquire technology assets that expand our patent portfolio, build presence in complimentary markets, and accelerate our ability to bring more complete and valuable solutions to our customers.

• Creatively structured relationships with leading technology developers and equipment producers. We pursue agreements with companies to transfer our technology into their products, giving them access to our technical competencies, to enhance their product offerings, to proliferate our technology, and to provide us access to a broader base of customers. Also, we selectively pursue relationships that accelerate our time-to-market.

InterDigital’s Technology Position

Cellular and Fixed Wireless Technologies

We have a strong history of developing wireless technologies including those related to CDMA and TDMA and, more recently, IEEE 802. We led the industry in establishing TDMA-based TIA/EIA-54 as a digital wireless standard in the U.S. in the 1980s and created a substantial portfolio of TDMA patented inventions. These inventions include or relate to many of the fundamental elements of TDMA based systems in use around the world. Among the most central of our inventions are:

• The fundamental architecture of commercial Time Division/Frequency Division Multiple Access (TD/FDMA) systems

• Methods of synchronizing TD/FDMA systems

• A flexible approach to managing system capacity through the reassignment of online subscriber units to different time slots and/or frequencies in response to system conditions

• The design of a multi-component base station utilizing distributed intelligence that allows for more robust performance

• Initializing procedures that enable roaming

A number of our TDMA inventions are being used in a broad range of 2G and 2.5G wireless networks and terminal devices. We believe these inventions are essential to both standards and to the 2G and 2.5G TDMA backwards compatibility included in many 3G wireless networks and terminal devices. (See, “-Business Activities, Patent and Technology Licensing”).

We also have developed and patented innovative CDMA technology solutions. Today we hold a significant worldwide portfolio of CDMA patents and patent applications. Similar to our TDMA inventions, we believe that a number of our CDMA inventions are essential to the implementation of the 2G, 2.5G and 3G CDMA systems in use today. Our key CDMA inventions include or relate to (among others):

• Global pilot: The use of a common pilot channel to synchronize sub-channels in a multiple access environment

• Bandwidth allocation: Techniques including multi-channel and multi-code mechanisms

• Power control: Highly efficient schemes for controlling the transmission output power of terminal and base station devices, a vital feature in a CDMA system

6

• Joint detection and interference cancellation techniques for reducing interference

• Soft handover enhancement techniques between designated cells

• Various sub-channel access and coding techniques

• Packet data

• Fast handoff

• Geo-location for calculating the position of terminal users

• Multi-user detection (MUD)

IEEE 802-based Wireless Technologies

With our strong wireless background, we have expanded our engineering and corporate development activities to include solutions that apply to other wireless market segments. These segments primarily fall within the ever increasing scope of the IEEE 802 family of standards. With the convergence of the popularity of the Internet and wireless connectivity, the appetite for “always-on” broadband connectivity continues to grow among both business and consumer users. Under the premise that “wireline (broadband) addiction will lead to wireless (broadband) adoption,” the number of wireless data users is expected to continue to grow over the next several years. This will lead to a significant increase in RF interference, resulting in more dropped connections, lower data throughput, and decreased service coverage. At the same time, wireless data users will increasingly demand predictable quality-of-service, including high data rates and consistent, continuous network connectivity. Today’s wireless system solutions may not be able to deliver the required performance in an environment of increasing tension between the rapid proliferation of wireless networks, and end user expectations of high quality-of-service. It is these market needs that have driven our engineering and corporate development activities over the last several years.

In 2003, we acquired substantially all the assets of Windshift Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Tantivy Communications, Inc., “Windshift”) a developer of wireless data communications technology. Included in the acquisition were patents, patent applications, know-how, state-of-the-art laboratory facilities, and other technologies related to CDMA2000, smart antenna, wireless LAN and other wireless communications technologies. We have combined this acquired technology with our cellular technology and know-how to create a suite of technologies and initial set of products designed to address these relatively new segments, which typically operate in unlicensed spectrum bands where interference issues substantially affect quality-of-service. We are branding these product solutions as AIM, an acronym for Adaptive Interference Management. (See, “-Business Activities-Technology and Product Development- Adaptive Interference Management Solutions”).

Participation and Role within the Various Wireless Standards Bodies

Our reputation as innovators helps us to influence the content and direction of wireless technology standards. This influence also creates a positive climate for the growth of business opportunities, both by enhancing our image as a key innovator and providing early intelligence on technologies and market trends.

To facilitate our position as a contributor to emerging wireless standards we are active members of the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) through our membership in the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI), a participant in the Third Generation Partnership Project 2 (3GPP2), and are also an active member of several SDOs and industry associations that influence and sponsor standards development including the ITU-R, the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS), and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). We have been active in 3G standards, contributing numerous submissions to SDOs worldwide. In addition, we are submitting a growing number of technical contributions into the IEEE 802 wireless Standards Groups and expect that effort to continue to expand. We also have taken leadership positions in a number of these SDOs. Company management and engineers either have served or are currently serving in a number of leadership positions in key industry SDOs including past Chair of the IEEE 802.16a Task Group (Broadband Wireless Access, 2 to 11 GHz), current Chair of the IEEE 802.16e Task Group (Mobile Broadband Wireless Access); current Vice Chair of the 3GPP RAN Working Group 3 (WG3); Chair of the ATIS Wireless Technologies and Systems Committee (WTSC) Wireless Wideband Internet Access subcommittee (formerly T1P1.4); past North American Rapporteur for the ITU-R IMT-2000 Deployment Handbook; past Editor, 3GPP RAN WG1 Physical Layer Procedures

7

(TDD)(R5) and past Editor and Rapporteur, 3GPP RAN WG4, TDD Base Station Classification. In addition to our participation in a number of standards bodies, we also are active in several technology forums that foster our business interests.

Based on our history of invention and our extensive participation in the standards bodies, together with the extensive use of our technology innovations across different standards, we believe that our patent portfolio, including patents applied for, is applicable to all of the air interface protocols described in the IMT-2000 standard. We also believe that we will have patents essential to new IEEE 802.11 standards currently under development. We have indicated to the appropriate SDOs that we hold patents and patent applications that are essential for implementation of the present 3G standards in products, and have, in conjunction with such indication, declared that our patented inventions will be available for license under the general principles of fairness, reasonableness and/or non-discrimination. (See, “-Business Activities, Patent and Technology Licensing”).

Business Activities

Technology and Product Development

Over the course of our history, we have designed, developed and placed into operation a variety of advanced wireless technologies, systems and products. In addition, through our involvement in the standards bodies and incubation efforts, we monitor emerging technologies and identify needs created by the development of advanced wireless systems. The Company began developing CDMA solutions in early 1999. Since 1999, we have focused the vast majority of our technology and product development on the air interface technology referred to as WCDMA. More recently, we have devoted resources to initial product implementations of our Adaptive Interference Management technologies and we continue to expand our technology and product development business, targeting new customers for our existing technologies and products as well as targeting new markets and investing in new technologies, such as wireless IEEE 802 wireless standard compliant solutions.

We recorded expenses of $51.2 million, $45.9 million, and $46.1 million during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, related to our research, technology and product development efforts. Research and development efforts enable us to patent many of our inventions. As a result of such patents, we have generated substantial royalty revenues. In addition, in 2004, 2003, and 2002, we recognized revenues associated with technology development projects totaling $0.1 million, $1.1 million, and $4.5 million, respectively. Revenue amounts in 2003 and 2002 were primarily associated with a TDD development project for Finland-based Nokia Corporation (Nokia).

3G Air Transport Solutions

The WCDMA technology suite is comprised of two duplexing methods, FDD and TDD. With FDD transmission, communications signals are transmitted in full duplex mode via two separate radio bands of equal size. With TDD transmission, communications signals are sent in half duplex mode using a single radio channel. While global market demand for FDD products is growing in tandem with the emerging market demand for 3G generally, we expect that any deployment of TDD products will trail the emergence of FDD products.

FDD Technology Products

Infineon Technologies AG

We developed and continue to support an FDD protocol stack for use in terminal units under our cooperative development and sales agreement with Infineon Technologies AG (Infineon). This FDD protocol stack interfaces with existing GSM/GPRS hardware and software, supports Infineon’s 3G baseband processor, and is portable to other baseband processors. The Company and Infineon completed the full multi-mode FDD protocol stack in 2003 and, in first quarter 2004, conducted a successful public demonstration of the protocol stack operating in a fully functional 3G handset. The FDD protocol stack solution is being offered to 3G mobile phone and semiconductor producers. We have supported Infineon in its early product launch with interoperability testing and continue to support product certification and launch with field support, lab testing and software support.

Under the March 2001 agreement with Infineon, which has a duration of twelve years from the first sale of the joint 3G protocol stack, the parties each own the technology they develop. In addition, the parties have cross-licensed to each other a limited set of patents for specified purposes. In our case, the cross-licensed patents are those generally applicable to the jointly developed software and related products for specified purposes. We have also agreed to a framework for determining royalties in other 2G and 3G products. No revenues have been generated under this agreement to date. (See, “-Risk Factors, We Rely and Intend to Rely on Relationships with Third Parties to Develop and Deploy Products”).

As a result of the relationship established under the March 2001 agreement, Infineon additionally requested that we provide Outer Loop Power Control software for Infineon’s UMTS platform. In addition, due to the technology portfolio we developed, we were positioned to license a commercial FDD protocol stack to General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc. (General Dynamics) as described below.

8

General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc.

In December 2004, we entered into an agreement with General Dynamics, to serve as a subcontractor on the Mobile User Objective System (MUOS) program for the U.S. military. MUOS is an advanced tactical terrestrial and satellite communications system utilizing 3G commercial cellular technology to provide significantly improved high data rate and assured communications for U.S. warfighters.

The Software License Agreement requires us to deliver to General Dynamics standards-compliant WCMDA modem technology, originating from the technology developed under our agreement with Infineon, for incorporation into handheld terminals. Under the agreement, we expect to receive $18.5 million in exchange for delivery of and a limited license in our commercial technology solution for use within the government’s MUOS and Joint Tactical Radio System programs, maintenance and product training. The agreement also includes options that are exercisable by General Dynamics at various times through March 2006 for additional deliverables for up to $4.0 million. We anticipate that a majority of our MUOS program deliverables and related payments will occur in 2005, excluding the exercise of options for additional deliverables. We will provide maintenance and support to General Dynamics for three years following delivery of the technology. In addition to the deliverables specifically identified in the agreement, we have agreed to provide additional future services as requested by General Dynamics. The contract may be terminated for convenience if the U.S. Government terminates for convenience that portion of the MUOS Program that includes General Dynamics.

HSDPA Development

As part of our commitment to develop and offer a robust FDD product offering, we are developing the next generation of FDD (3GPP Release 5) that provides advanced high-speed data capabilities. This technology is referred to as HSDPA (High-Speed Downlink Packet Access). Our HSDPA development effort includes the physical layer (commonly referred to as Layer 1) and the software protocol stacks (commonly referred to as Layers 2/3). Through our involvement in the standards bodies, we have made important contributions to the development of this technology. We are offering our HSDPA solution to semiconductor and handset manufacturers as a transfer of technology blocks for incorporation into UMTS FDD Release 99/Release 4 chips and as a separate coprocessor chip for early product introduction.

TDD Technology Products

Our TDD technology development work began in 1999 when we entered into a strategic technology development agreement with Nokia involving the development and validation of fully standards compliant WTDD technology. Under the Nokia development agreement, we own all of the developed technology and have the ability to license the technology to other companies, as well as design, manufacture, sell and use products and components that utilize the resulting technology. Under this agreement, we delivered technology building blocks to Nokia for use in 3G wireless products for which they paid an aggregate amount of approximately $58.0 million. This development effort concluded in 2003 upon final verification, testing and acceptance by Nokia. Certain royalty-free, non-exclusive licenses relating to TDD granted to Nokia under the agreement continue following completion of the development work. (See, “-Patent and Technology Licensing, Patent Licenses”).

We deployed a demonstration system using our TDD technology, and demonstrated live, over-the-air, full screen streaming video calls at 2 Mbps while operating over a point-to-point fully functioning radio network controller, base station, and end-user terminal device. We have experienced varying degrees of preliminary interest in our TDD technology among manufacturers and operators as they begin to evaluate their use of unpaired spectrum. We will continue to monitor market interest in TDD. Allocation of current resources to our TDD development program has been deferred until we see further development of commercially meaningful market interest in TDD technologies or other technologies to which our TDD technology and know-how may apply. One area where we have sought to leverage our TDD technology and know-how is in advanced radio resource management. (See, “-AIM Performware^TM Solutions”).

Adaptive Interference Management Solutions

AIM Antenna^™ Products

With our acquisition of substantially all the assets of Windshift in July 2003, we added smart antenna technology and capabilities to our portfolio. We have devoted additional resources to further develop and commercialize the product design which we now offer to OEM, ODM and semiconductor companies under the brand of AIM (Adaptive Interference Management) Antenna technology. In general, smart antenna technology seeks to improve the ability of a wireless device to acquire and hold the strongest path of a given radio signal. Our AIM Antenna technology employs a switched beam antenna that results in increased wireless system capacity, improved coverage and extended device battery life. Our product offering includes patented beam switching algorithms, antenna designs and related know-how licenses and specialized engineering services. We are actively marketing AIM Antenna technology in the IEEE 802 wireless market, where it can be deployed in client devices including PC cards, USB devices, PCI cards for desktops as well as fully integrated into mobile devices. In December 2004, we entered into an agreement with Atmel Corporation (Atmel) to offer our AIM Antenna product solution in Atmel’s WLAN products. In addition to IEEE 802.11 products, we are in active development of AIM Antenna technology for application to the cellular mobile environment and we are currently pursuing relationships with top antenna manufacturers, ODMs and OEMs.

9

AIM Performware^™ Solutions

As part of our Prior TDD development efforts, we created a complete suite of advanced radio resource management algorithms that maximize system performance, lower deployment costs and enhance operators’ service offerings under different network deployment scenarios. We have extended this radio frequency (RF) management middleware technology to create a product solution for the IEEE 802 wireless market which we offer under the trademark AIM Performware. Our AIM Performware software algorithms enable wireless devices to allocate radio resources to suit the character of wireless traffic, optimizing network stability, connection reliability, system capacity, terminal battery consumption, and overall quality of service. In addition, the constructs and approaches involved in the AIM Performware solution may well be applicable in the integration of IEEE 802 and cellular systems technologies.

Future Technology Efforts

The Company has created the InterDigital Incubation Center (IIC), comprised of a dedicated team of engineers, to explore and foster the development of new architectures and technologies for wireless systems. Under the direction of the Company’s Chief Technology Officer, the IIC is focusing on identifying leading-edge technologies that have attractive long-term commercial potential in the wireless market. The IIC works with leading universities and research centers to expand the scope of its work and the Company’s development efforts in material sciences and advanced software applications. We have entered into a series of collaborative development and consulting agreements with leading universities and professors which we might leverage by licensing the intellectual property advancements we have helped fund.

We also have selectively pursued relationships or acquisitions that enhance our intellectual property portfolio and/or accelerate our time-to-market, such as our acquisition, in July 2003, of substantially all the assets of Windshift. (See, “–Business Activities – Adaptive Interference Management Solutions”). In first quarter 2005, we acquired, for a purchase price of $8.0 million, selected patents, intellectual property blocks and related technology and products assets, the function of which are aimed at improving the range, throughput and reliability of wireless LAN and other technology systems.

Patent and Technology Licensing

Our business model is based on developing advanced wireless technology solutions, and then making those solutions available to customers through non-exclusive licensing arrangements and product sales. These solutions, many of which are patented, include inventions, know-how and other technical data (e.g., software, designs, specifications, etc.) related to the design and operation of digital wireless products. We also seek to complement and enhance internally developed solutions by leveraging third party intellectual property through acquisitions and partnering. In arrangements we enter into with other companies to develop new technologies, we typically have retained ownership of all or portions of the patents, copyrights, know-how and/or other technical data we develop. One method by which we monetize these investments is through the non-exclusive licensing of our patents and technology.

Our Patent Portfolio

As of December 31, 2004, the Company’s patent portfolio consisted of 444 U.S. patents (119 of which issued in 2004), and 1,256 non-U.S. patents (327 of which issued in 2004). The Company also has numerous patent applications pending worldwide. The patents and applications comprising our portfolio relate specifically to digital wireless radiotelephony technology (including, without limitation, TDMA and/or CDMA) and expire at differing times ranging from 2005 through 2024. (See, “-Risk Factors- Our Future Financial Condition and Operating Results Could Fluctuate”).

The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) permits the filing of “provisional” applications for, among other reasons, protecting rights on an expedited basis. Typically, the filing of a provisional application is followed with the filing of a “non-provisional” application, a formal filing which may add additional content such as claim language to the provisional application, including the combination of more than one provisional application. The USPTO as well as other patent offices, also permits the filing of “continuation” or “divisional” applications, which are based, in whole or part, on a previously filed patent application. Most of our foreign patent applications are single treaty application filings, which can produce patents in all of the countries that are parties to the treaty.

During 2004, we filed 159 new, non-provisional, non-continuation U.S. patent applications. Including provisional and continuation applications, as well as international filings claiming priority to a U.S. patent application, the Company filed a total of 858 patent applications in 2004.

Patent Licenses

A significant portion of our business involves the licensing of our patents on a worldwide basis. A number of our patented inventions have been included in various digital wireless communications standards. We consider many of these patented inventions to be essential (i.e., required to be used) to build equipment in accordance with the standards. (See, “-Evolution of Wireless Standards”.) Those standards include, but are not limited to, TIA/EIA-54/136, narrowband CDMA (TIA/EIA-95 and similar standards), WCDMA (both FDD and TDD), cdma2000, TD-SCDMA, GSM, GPRS, EDGE, PDC, PHS, TETRA and DECT. We also expect that many of our patents and patents expected to issue from existing applications will be commercially important in the actual 2G, 2.5G and 3G product implementations. Accordingly, we believe that companies making, using or selling products compliant with these standards require a license under our patents. We also believe that our patents have application beyond the air interface environment, including to IEEE 802 and smart antenna/interference management technologies.

10

Currently, numerous manufacturers supply digital cellular equipment conforming to such standards. While some companies seek licenses before they commence manufacturing and/or selling devices that use our patented inventions, most do not. Consequently, we approach these companies and seek to establish license agreements. We expend significant effort identifying potential users of our inventions and negotiating license agreements with companies that may be reluctant to do so. In our license negotiations, we typically seek consideration for the prior sales of infringing equipment, as well as patent royalties for future sales of equipment incorporating the patented inventions. We are in active discussions with a number of companies on a worldwide basis regarding the licensing of our 2G, 2.5G and 3G-related patents. We attempt to be creative in structuring broad-based agreements that enable unlicensed companies to meet their obligations to us and position us as a value-added partner. During negotiations, from time to time, unlicensed companies raise different defenses and arguments as to the need to enter into a patent license with us. In the past year, these defenses and arguments have included positions by companies (i) as to the essential nature and/or validity of our patents, (ii) that their products do not infringe our patents, and (iii) relating to the impact on them of pending litigation between us and other third parties. We address these arguments and defenses by asserting our positions on essentiality and infringement, and by asserting our position that the existence of litigation does not provide a defense to the legal requirement for a patent license. Also, from time to time, if we believe that a third party is required to license our patents in order to manufacture and sell certain digital cellular products, and such third party will not enter into a license, we may institute a patent infringement lawsuit against the third party.

We offer non-exclusive, royalty-bearing patent licenses to companies that manufacture, use or sell, or intend to manufacture, use or sell, equipment that implements the inventions covered by our extensive portfolio of patents. In earlier years, we developed wireless technology solutions relating to 2G and 2.5G technologies. As a result, earlier licensing agreements include the 2/2.5G patents generated from such technology development. We continue to seek to license our 2/2.5G patents, as the key 2/2.5G patents will generally not start to expire until 2006, and 2G products remain pervasive in today’s market. Since 1992 we have also been developing wireless technology solutions relating to 3G technologies, which have generated a significant number of 3G patents and continue to lead to the filing of additional 3G-related patent applications.

In addition to patent licensing, we have been actively engaged in the licensing of know-how both to companies with whom we have had strategic relationships (including alliance partners) and to other companies. In 1999, we signed a technology transfer agreement with Nokia involving the development of TDD technology. In 2001, we entered into a strategic relationship with Infineon involving the development of FDD technology and products. (See, “-Business Activities, Technology and Product Development, 3G Air Transport Solutions”). In 2004, we entered into an agreement with General Dynamics for the supply of our WCDMA modem technology for incorporation into handheld terminals. (See, “-Business Activities, Technology and Product Development, 3G Air Transport Solutions”). In 2004, we also entered into a patent and know-how license covering smart antenna technology with Atmel in connection with our AIM antenna product. (See, “-Business Activities, Technology and Product Development, Adaptive Interference Management Solutions”).

At December 31, 2004, we had granted to 36 licensees a total of 42 non-exclusive, generally non-transferable, royalty-bearing or paid-up licenses to incorporate our patented inventions covering 2G and/or 3G standards, plus one license with an additional licensee covering smart antenna technology. When we enter into a new patent license agreement with a licensee, the licensee typically agrees to pay consideration for sales made prior to the effective date of the license agreement and also agrees to pay royalties or license fees on covered products that it will sell during the term of the agreement. We expect that, for the most part, new license agreements will follow this model. In circumstances where we receive consideration for sales made prior to the effective date, we recognize revenue in the quarter in which the patent license agreement is signed. However, if the license agreement is reached as part of the settlement of patent infringement litigation, we recognize consideration for past sales as other income. Our license agreements are structured on a prepaid, paid-up, or current royalty-bearing basis, or a combination thereof. Non-refundable prepayments are advances against payment of future royalties, and are usually made in exchange for prepayment discounts. As the licensee reports sales of covered products, the royalties due are calculated and either applied against any prepayment, or paid in cash. Sometimes, the royalties due are applied in full against the prepayment while other times they are applied in partial satisfaction. In the latter case, a cash royalty would be due for the remaining amount not applied against the prepayment. Additionally, royalties on sales of covered products under the license agreement are payable or exhausted against prepayments based on the royalty formula applicable to the particular license agreement. These formulas include flat dollar rates per unit, a percentage of sales, percentage of sales with caps, and other similar measures. The formulas can also vary by other factors including territory, covered standards, quantity and dates sold.

Most of our license agreements that provide for the payment of royalties on an ongoing basis require the payment of royalties based on sales of covered products built to a particular standard. A few agreements that provide for the payment of royalties on an ongoing basis commence when there is an infringed patent issued in the applicable geographic sales region. In third quarter 2004, we transitioned our recognition of per-unit royalties to recognize the revenue in the period when we receive royalty reports from licensees, rather than in the period in which our licensees’ underlying sales occur.

11

Most of our patent license agreements are royalty bearing, however, some license agreements provide for paid-up licenses and do not require further payments under specified ranges of conditions (e.g., for products built to particular standards). We recognize revenues related to paid-up amounts on a straight-line basis over the effective term of the license.

Our patent license agreement with Siemens AG’s (Siemens) is paid-up under our 2G and selected 3G patents. The Siemens agreement does not include any rights under any of our patents (including essential patents) issuing from patent applications filed after December 15, 1999. Based on these limitations, the Siemens patent license agreement does not provide a license under all of our patents that we believe are essential to 3G, including cdma2000, or all of the inventions which we believe will be essential and which are contained in pending patent applications. Kyocera Corporation’s license under certain of our patents is paid-up for PHS and PDC products, but not as to other TDMA-based products. SANYO Electric Co., Ltd’s (Sanyo) license under certain of our patents is paid-up for PHS and PDC products and, within a limited territory and term, is paid up for certain other equipment, but is generally royalty-bearing otherwise. Toshiba Corporation’s (Toshiba) license under certain of our patents is paid-up for PHS and PDC equipment made, sold and used in Japan but is generally royalty-bearing otherwise. NEC Corporation of Japan’s (NEC) license under certain of our patents is paid-up as to PDC and PHS products; and the 2G Matsushita Electric Industrial, Inc. license under certain of our patents is generally paid-up for TDMA-based 2G and 2.5G products.

Our patent license agreement with Nokia is paid-up, generally, with respect to 2G and 3G covered products through the end of 2001, and contains a structure for determining the royalties thereafter. Nokia and InterDigital Technology Corporation, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries (ITC), are parties to an ongoing arbitration proceeding regarding Nokia’s royalty obligations for covered product sales beginning on January 1, 2002. The parties are awaiting the arbitration panel’s decision, which is currently expected no later than May 31, 2005. (See, “-Legal Proceedings”). In addition, as part the development project with Nokia completed in 2003, Nokia’s royalty obligations are also paid-up for TDD products based upon the scope of technology delivered under the development project. (See, “-Business Activities, Technology and Product Development”). Nokia is also non-exclusively licensed on the same basis with respect to certain patents technically necessary to implement TDD technology; however, such paid-up license does not extend to non-TDD functionality.

In March 2001, ITC signed a worldwide, royalty-bearing CDMA patent license agreement with Matsushita Communications Industrial Co., Ltd. (Matsushita), for Matsushita to manufacture, have manufactured, distribute and sell 3G terminal units, test equipment and infrastructure. Matsushita sells products under the Panasonic brand. In April 2001, ITC received an up-front non-refundable payment of $19.5 million (less non-U.S. source withholding taxes) as an advance against future royalties under the Matsushita patent license agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, after the initial prepayment is exhausted through sales of covered product, Matsushita has agreed to pay additional royalties to ITC as Matsushita (or its subsidiaries) sells covered product using ITC’s patents issued around the world. Matsushita’s royalty obligations under the patent license agreement legally accrue during the pendency of patent applications to the extent the local law permits recovery of patent-related compensation prior to patent issuance. For Japan, the parties agreed that such accrual would commence with covered product sales beginning in 2003. We are in discussions with Matsushita as to the impact of various patents that have been issued in Japan and other countries to ITC. To date, we have not recognized any revenue associated with this patent license agreement. The timing and amount of any revenue recognition will be dependent upon, among other things, the issuance in Japan and/or other countries of relevant patents covering infrastructure and/or terminal units, and receipt of relevant royalty reports from Matsushita. In all cases, we will recognize revenue associated with this agreement when all elements required for revenue recognition are met.

Additionally, in 1994 we entered into a paid-up CDMA-based patent license agreement with Qualcomm, Inc. (Qualcomm) that is limited in scope. The Qualcomm license excludes, among other things, any rights under our patents as regards TDMA standards, any rights under any of our patent applications filed after March 7, 1995, any rights under the patents and applications subsequently acquired, such as was the case with the Windshift transaction, and any rights to any patents relating to cellular overlay and interference cancellation. The Qualcomm license agreement grants Qualcomm the paid-up right to grant sub-licenses under designated patent and patent applications to Qualcomm’s customers. For some of our patents, Qualcomm’s sublicensing rights are limited to those situations where Qualcomm is selling ASICs to the customer. For a limited number of patents as to which applications were filed prior to March 7, 1995, Qualcomm may grant licenses under such ITC patents regardless of whether the customer is also purchasing an ASIC from Qualcomm. Based on these limitations, Qualcomm is not licensed under a significant portion of our patents that we believe are essential to 3G, including cdma2000, nor under a significant portion of the inventions which we believe will be essential and which are contained in pending patent applications. The proportion of essential Company patents under which Qualcomm is licensed has diminished substantially over time as the Company has been inventing and acquiring technology at an accelerating rate since early 1995 and the proportion continues to dramatically reduce on an annual basis.

Certain existing license agreements may be renegotiated or restructured based on most favored licensee (MFL) or other provisions contained in the applicable license agreement. MFL clauses typically permit a licensee to elect to apply the terms of a subsequently executed license agreement that are more favorable than those of the licensee’s agreement. The application of the MFL clause may affect, and generally acts to reduce, the amount of royalty obligations of the licensee. The application of an MFL clause can be complex, given the varying terms among patent license agreements.

Expenditures relating to maintaining our current licenses (other than enforcement and arbitration proceedings) are not material, and are predominantly administrative in nature. Cash flows from patent license agreements have been used for general corporate purposes, including substantial reinvestment in standards contributions, technology development and productization. Revenues generated from royalties are subject to quarterly and annual fluctuations.

In 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively, 77%, 64%, and 94% of our total revenue was derived from licensees based in Japan but generally covering products sold both within and outside of Japan. In 2004, revenues from our licensees NEC, Sharp Corporation of Japan (Sharp), and Sony Ericsson were approximately 43%, 24%, and 12% of our total revenues, respectively.

Licensees Generating 2004 Revenues Exceeding 10% of Total Revenues

The loss of revenues and cash payments under any of the license agreements discussed below (with the exception of the NEC 2G Agreement, for which all present and anticipated cash has been received) would adversely affect either our cash flow or results of operations and could affect our ability to achieve or sustain acceptable levels of profitability.

ITC is a party to a worldwide, generally nontransferable, royalty-bearing, narrowband CDMA and 3G patent licenses with NEC. Pursuant to its patent license agreement with ITC, NEC is obligated to pay royalties on a convenience basis on all sales of products

12

covered under the license. Through second quarter 2004, we recognized revenue associated with this agreement in the periods that NEC’s underlying sales occurred, and thereafter, in the periods we receive the related royalty reports. This patent license agreement expires upon the last to expire of the patents licensed under the agreement. NEC and ITC are also parties to a separate non-exclusive, worldwide, convenience-based, generally nontransferable, royalty-bearing TDMA patent license agreement (2G), which expires upon the last to expire of the patents licensed under the agreement. In 2002, the parties amended that agreement to provide for the payment by NEC to ITC of $53 million, in exchange for which royalty obligations for PHS and PDC products are considered paid-up. We are recognizing revenue associated with this $53.0 million payment on a straight-line basis from the January 2002 agreement date through February 2006, which is the expected period of use by NEC. It is unlikely that NEC would have any further royalty payment obligations under that agreement based on existing paid-up and other unique provisions. In 2004, we recorded revenues of $44.3 million from NEC of which approximately $12.9 million is attributable to our 2G patent license agreement and approximately $31.3 million is attributable to our narrowband CDMA and 3G patent license agreement.

ITC is a party to a worldwide, generally nontransferable, royalty-bearing, convenience-based patent license agreement with Sony Ericsson (Sony Ericsson Agreement) covering sales of terminal units compliant with 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/TDMA standards. Under the terms of this license agreement, we received payments totaling $20.3 million related to sales of terminal unit products through December 31, 2002. We recognized this amount as revenue in 2003. For periods thereafter through 2006, Sony Ericsson is obligated under the terms of its agreement to pay ITC a royalty on each licensed product sold. In addition, Sony Ericsson made non-refundable advance royalty payments of approximately $26.2 million to ITC in 2003 covering Sony Ericsson’s projected sales in 2003 and 2004 which has been exhausted. Sony Ericsson made an additional royalty prepayment during the first quarter of 2005 of approximately $28 million primarily covering Sony Ericsson’s projected sales in 2005 and 2006. These prepayments entitle Sony Ericsson to receive royalty rate discounts. Through second quarter 2004, we recognized revenue associated with this agreement in the periods Sony Ericsson’s underlying sales occurred. Commencing third quarter 2004, we recognize revenue associated with this agreement in the periods that we receive the related royalty reports. If the prepayment is exhausted prior to the end of 2006, Sony Ericsson will become obligated to make additional royalty payments on sales of licensed products through the end of 2006, at which time its license becomes paid-up. This license agreement expires upon the last to expire of the patents licensed under each agreement. In 2004, we recorded revenues of $12.7 million from the Sony Ericsson Agreement.

ITC is a party to a non-exclusive, worldwide, generally nontransferable, royalty-bearing, convenience-based patent license agreement with Sharp (Sharp PDC/PHS Agreement) covering sales of terminal devices compliant with TDMA-based PDC and PHS standards. In second quarter 2003, ITC and Sharp extended the term of the Sharp PDC/PHS Agreement until April 2008. Under the extension, Sharp made a $17.5 million up-front payment consisting of a renewal fee of $2.0 million and a royalty prepayment of $15.5 million. The royalty prepayment was exhausted in 2004, and Sharp has become obligated to make additional royalty payments on sales of licensed products sold through early 2008 as covered products are sold. Through second quarter 2004, we recognized revenue associated with this agreement in the periods Sharp’s underlying sales occurred. Commencing third quarter 2004, we recognize revenue associated with this agreement in the periods we receive the related royalty reports. The renewal fee is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the five-year term of the extension.

ITC and Sharp are also parties to a separate non-exclusive, worldwide, convenience-based, generally nontransferable, royalty-bearing patent license agreement (Sharp NCDMA/GSM/3G Agreement) covering sales of GSM, narrowband CDMA and 3G products that expires upon the last to expire of the patents licensed under the agreement. Under an amendment to that Agreement executed in first quarter 2004 which affects certain payment terms and other obligations of the parties, Sharp made a royalty pre-payment of approximately $17.8 million in second quarter 2004. Once the prepayment is exhausted, Sharp will become obligated to make additional royalty payments on sales of licensed products. We recognized revenue from the prepayment as sales were reported through the second quarter of 2004. Commencing third quarter 2004, we recognize revenue associated with this agreement in the period that sales are reported. This license agreement expires upon the last to expire of the patents licensed under this agreement. In 2004, we recorded revenues of $25.1 million from Sharp of which approximately $12.1 million is attributable to the Sharp PDC/PHS Agreement and approximately $13.0 million is attributable to the Sharp NCDMA/GSM/3G Agreement.

2004 Patent License Activity

In first quarter 2004, we entered into a worldwide, royalty-bearing, convenience-based patent license agreement with Sierra Wireless, Inc. (Sierra) covering the sale of wireless terminal units and wireless modules built to 2G and 2.5G and 3G standards. Through second quarter 2004, we recognized revenue associated with this agreement in the periods Sierra’s underlying sales occurred, and thereafter in the periods that we received the related royalty reports.

In second quarter 2004, we entered into a non-exclusive, worldwide, convenience-based, royalty-bearing patent license agreement with Sanyo covering terminal units and infrastructure compliant with 2G and 2.5G TDMA-based and 3G standards. This new license agreement updates and expands our 1998 patent license agreement with Sanyo covering products compliant with TDMA-based standards. Under the new agreement, Sanyo paid us an upfront amount of $27 million, net of any

13

applicable source withholding taxes. We applied $750,000 of the upfront amount toward the satisfaction of royalties previously recognized as revenue in first quarter 2004 under the agreement in its pre-second quarter 2004 form. Through second quarter 2004, we recognized revenue relating to sales of 2G and 3G products (excluding paid-up products) in the period such sales occurred, and thereafter, in the periods we receive the related royalty reports. Sanyo may apply its royalty obligation for such products against a $5 million credit provided to Sanyo under the new agreement, until such credit is exhausted. Upon exhaustion, Sanyo is required to pay royalties on a current basis. We will amortize evenly the remaining portion of the upfront payment from second quarter 2004 through fourth quarter 2008, the effective term of the new agreement as to such products. We and Sanyo have agreed on a process for negotiating additional payments covering cdma2000 sales in Japan after the expiration of the prepaid period and for sales in the People’s Republic of China and the United States in excess of an allotted number of pre-paid units.

In third quarter 2004, we entered into a non-exclusive, worldwide, convenience-based, royalty-bearing patent license agreement with Toshiba covering terminal units and infrastructure compliant with all 2G and 2.5G TDMA-based and 3G standards. The new patent license agreement updates and expands a prior 2G and 2.5G TDMA-based patent license agreement between us and Toshiba, pursuant to which Toshiba was previously granted a paid-up license relating to certain sales of PDC and PHS compliant products, and now includes all 3G standards. Under the new patent license agreement, Toshiba paid us an upfront amount of $10 million, net of any applicable source withholding taxes, the majority of which serves as a prepayment of future unit-based royalties. Once that prepayment is exhausted, Toshiba will be obligated to pay additional royalties on sales of licensed products (excluding products as to which their license is paid-up) through the last to expire of the patents licensed under the agreement. We recognize a portion of the upfront payment as revenue on a straight-line basis over the expected period of use by Toshiba. We will recognize the remaining portion of the upfront payment in the periods we receive the related royalty reports.

In fourth quarter 2004, we entered into a non-exclusive, worldwide, convenience-based, royalty-bearing patent license agreement with Danger, Inc. (Danger), covering terminal units and infrastructure compliant with 2G and 2.5G TDMA-based and 3G standards. We will recognize revenue associated with this agreement in the periods we receive the related royalty reports.

In fourth quarter 2004, we entered into a non-exclusive, worldwide, convenience-based, royalty-bearing patent license agreement with Option NV (Option), covering terminal units and infrastructure compliant with all 2G, 2.5G, and 3G standards, and 802. We will recognize revenue associated with this agreement in the periods we receive the related royalty reports.

Legal Proceedings

Patent Oppositions

In high technology fields characterized by rapid change and engineering distinctions, the validity and value of patents are sometimes subject to complex legal and factual challenges and other uncertainties. Accordingly, our patent claims are subject to uncertainties that are typical of patent enforcement generally. The validity of some of our key patents has been and continues to be challenged in patent opposition and revocation proceedings in a number of jurisdictions. While in a few cases, our patents have been invalidated or substantially narrowed, this has not impaired our patent license program because we generally license a broad portfolio of patents held worldwide, not a single patent or invention in a single jurisdiction. If a party successfully asserts that some of our patent claims are not valid, should be revoked or do not cover their products, or if products are implemented in a manner such that patents we believe to be commercially important are not infringed, we do not believe there would be a material adverse impact on our ongoing revenues from existing patent license agreements although there could be an adverse impact on our ability to generate new royalty streams. The cost of enforcing and protecting our patent portfolio is significant.

Patent Infringement and Declaratory Action Lawsuits

From time to time, if we believe that a third party is required to license our patents in order to manufacture and sell certain digital cellular products and such third party has not done so, we may institute legal action against the third party. These legal actions typically take the form of a patent infringement lawsuit. In a patent infringement lawsuit, we would typically seek damages for past infringement, and an injunction against future infringement. The response from the third party can come in the form of challenges to the validity and applicability of our patents. We are currently in such a patent infringement lawsuit with Lucent Technologies, Inc. (Lucent) involving cdma2000 products, and Lucent has filed a counterclaim challenging the validity and applicability of our patents. (See, “Legal Proceedings – Lucent”). In addition, a third party might file a Declaratory Judgment action to seek a court’s declaration that the patent holder’s patents are invalid or not infringed by the third party’s products. The response from the patent holder may include claims of infringement. Nokia recently filed such an action against us in Delaware. (See, “Legal Proceedings – Nokia”). With either type of patent litigation, the risks from an adverse ruling on our ability to secure new licenses and the monetary cost can be significant. As part of a settlement of a lawsuit containing a claim against a third party for infringement, we could recover consideration for past infringement as well as license future sales for which we would be paid a license fee(s) and/or ongoing royalties. Court awards and settlements of patent infringement lawsuits can be substantial, but are uncertain, unpredictable and often of a non-recurring nature. If we recover amounts owed for past sales from the settlement of litigation (excluding contractual arbitration rulings) or pursuant to a litigation award, we recognize these amounts as other income.

14

Contractual Arbitration Proceedings

We and our licensees, in the normal course of business, may have disagreements as to the rights and obligations of the parties under the applicable license agreement. For example, we could have a disagreement with a licensee as to the amount of reported sales and royalties. The license agreements typically provide for private arbitration as the mechanism for resolving disputes. Arbitration proceedings can be resolved through an award rendered by the arbitrators or by settlement between the parties. Awards and settlements of arbitration proceedings can be substantial, but are uncertain, unpredictable and often of a non-recurring nature. In circumstances where we receive consideration from the resolution of a disagreement or arbitration with a licensee over the terms of an existing agreement, whether by arbitrators’ award or by settlement, we recognize the related consideration as revenue.

We believe that the license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson establish the financial terms necessary to define the royalty obligations of Nokia and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (Samsung) on 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE infrastructure and terminal units under their existing patent licensing agreements with us. We believe that, under MFL provisions applicable to their respective patent licenses, both companies are obligated to pay royalties on sales of covered products from January 1, 2002 by reference to the terms of the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson licenses. Our patent license agreement with Nokia provides that, in exchange for a payment of $31.5 million, Nokia’s royalty obligation to ITC had been paid-up generally with respect to certain 2G and certain 3G covered products through the end of 2001. The MFL provision in this agreement provides that Nokia’s royalty obligations will be defined by the relevant licensing terms applicable to other designated leading manufacturers of wireless telecommunications equipment. It is our position that Ericsson and Sony Ericsson constitute such leading manufacturers under Nokia’s agreement. Since the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson license agreements apply only to 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE infrastructure and terminal unit products, one or more additional agreements with a designated leading manufacturer will be necessary, in the absence of agreement between us and Nokia, to fully define the full scope of Nokia’s obligations (including 3G) under its patent license agreement. The starting point for calculating Nokia’s royalty obligation will be January 1, 2002. In the absence of the application of alternative royalty terms pursuant to the application of Nokia’s MFL provision or agreement between the parties, Nokia’s license (except to the extent paid up) will expire December 31, 2006.

In 2002, Samsung elected to apply its MFL provision to our patent license agreement with Nokia as regards Samsung’s 2G and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products. Therefore, it is our position that, beginning in 2002, Samsung’s royalty rate is determined in the same manner as Nokia’s royalty rate is determined for 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE infrastructure and terminal unit products. Nokia and Samsung each disputed our positions, and initiated arbitration proceedings to resolve the disputes. Nokia is seeking a determination that their obligation under our existing patent license agreement with Nokia is not defined by our license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or has been discharged. The hearing in the Nokia arbitration was conducted in January 2005, and the Tribunal is expected to deliver a draft Award to the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) on or before an approximate date of March 31, 2005. The Company had previously been informed that the ICC set May 31, 2005 as the last date for rendering a Final Award. Samsung is seeking a determination that Samsung’s obligations under our existing patent license agreement with Samsung are not defined by our license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or, in the alternative, to determine the amount of the appropriate royalty due. The evidentiary hearing in the Samsung arbitration is scheduled for June 2005. (See, “-Item 3. Legal Proceedings”).

Competition

We compete in a wireless communications market which is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent product introductions, evolving industry standards and, in many products, price erosion. Further, many current and potential competitors may have advantages over us, including (a) existing royalty-free cross-licenses to competing and emerging technologies; (b) longer operating histories and presence in key markets; (c) greater name recognition; (d) access to larger customer bases; and (e) greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution channels, technical and other resources. These competitors also may have established or may establish financial or strategic relationships among themselves or with our existing or potential customers, resellers or other third parties. These relationships may affect third parties’ decisions to purchase products or license technology from us. (See, “-Risk Factors, We Face Substantial Competition From Companies With Greater Resources.”).

The development cycle and the time it takes for the technologies we develop to become accepted in the marketplace can take years. Our future success will depend on (i) our ability to continue to make substantial resource investment in research and development, (ii) our ability to continue to develop, introduce and sell new products, technology and enhancements on a timely and consistent basis (See, “-Risk Factors, Our Industry is Subject to Rapid Technological Change, Uncertainty, and Shifting Market Windows.”), and (iii) our ability to keep pace with technological developments, satisfy varying customer requirements, price our products competitively and achieve market acceptance. Moreover, during this time frame alternative, competitive solutions often surface. Such alternative solutions may be made available to potential customers at a lower cost or a competitor may offer a more

15

comprehensive solution. (See, “-Risk Factors, Our Technologies May Not Be Adopted by the Market or Widely Deployed.”). Our products and services face competition from existing companies developing product and technology offerings comparable to ours for the same standardized air interface (e.g., a number of companies offer FDD protocol stack solutions). The number of competitors varies by product and technology market, but the competitive landscape can generally be characterized as consisting of a relatively small number of firms who deliver technology and products to wireless semiconductor and equipment producers. We are well positioned in this market to deliver competitive products because of our broad systems capability; the depth of our experience in developing physical layer, protocol stack and component design solutions; the depth of our technology and intellectual property portfolio; our financial strength and our ability to deliver time-to-market and cost advantages to our customers. We also face competition from the in-house development teams at semiconductor fabricators and telecommunication equipment suppliers whom we seek as customers. It is also possible that new competitors may enter the market.

We also face competition as regards the licensing of our patent portfolio. We believe that licenses under a number of our patents and patents arising from patent applications are required to manufacture and sell 2G and 3G products. However, numerous companies also claim that they hold essential 2G and 3G patents. To the extent that multiple parties all seek royalties on the same product, the manufacturers may have difficulty in meeting the financial requirements of each patent holder. In response, certain manufacturers have sought antitrust exemptions to act collectively, on a voluntary basis, and impose agreed aggregate 3G licensing fees or rates for essential patents among the collaborating parties. One such group desires to set up procedures to identify whether a submitted member patent is essential, to streamline the licensing of those which are deemed essential, and to limit the overall license fees paid for the collaborating members’ entire portfolio of essential patents. The groups, sometimes identified as “patent platforms”, are likely to be individually formed by collaborating holders of essential patents for each of the principal 3G standards. We (as well as a number of other major 3G essential patent holders) have not, at this time, elected to participate in any patent platforms, but are not precluded from electing to do so at any future time. Participation in this group could simplify the process of entering into licensing agreements but may also result in lower royalty rates to collaborating members for access to essential patents than might otherwise be obtainable outside the patent platform structure.

Employees

As of March 24, 2005, we employed 325 full-time individuals consisting of approximately 223 engineering and product development personnel, 14 patent administration and licensing personnel and 88 other personnel, as well as 12 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining unit.

Executive Officers

The information regarding the executive officers of InterDigital is included pursuant to Part III, Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as follows:

NAME	AGE	POSITION
Howard E. Goldberg	59	President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles “Rip” Tilden	51	Chief Operating Officer
Richard J. Fagan	48	Chief Financial Officer
William J. Merritt	46	General Patent Counsel and President of InterDigital Technology Corporation
Alain C. Briancon	45	Chief Technology Officer
Mark A. Lemmo	47	Senior Business Development Officer
Brian G. Kiernan	58	Chief Strategic Standards Officer
William C. Miller	50	Senior Programs and Engineering Officer
Lawrence F. Shay	46	General Counsel

Howard E. Goldberg was promoted to Chief Executive Officer and appointed as a Director of the Company in November 2000. He was named President in January 2001. Mr. Goldberg had served as Interim President since September 1999. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Goldberg also held the position of Executive Vice President – Strategic Alliances from October 1998 to September 1999. Mr. Goldberg also held the positions of Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from May 1995 to October 1998.

Charles “Rip” Tilden was promoted to the position of Chief Operating Officer in December 2001. Mr. Tilden also held the title of Executive Vice President of the Company from March 1998 to January 1, 2004. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Executive Vice President was deleted from Mr. Tilden’s title. Prior to that, Mr. Tilden held the position of Senior Vice President from May 1997 and Vice President from November 1996 until May 1997. Before joining InterDigital, Mr. Tilden served as Vice President, Corporate Affairs at Alco Standard Corporation in Wayne, Pennsylvania, an office products and paper distribution company, since December 1994.

16

Richard J. Fagan joined InterDigital as a Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in November 1998, and was promoted to Executive Vice President in September 1999. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level, were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Executive Vice President was deleted from Mr. Fagan’s title. Prior to joining InterDigital, Mr. Fagan served as Controller and Treasurer of Quaker Chemical Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation, since 1994.

William J. Merritt was promoted to General Patent Counsel of the Company and President of ITC in July 2001. Mr. Merritt also held the position of Executive Vice President of the Company from September 1999 to January 2004. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Executive Vice President was deleted from Mr. Merritt’s title. Prior to that, Mr. Merritt held the positions of Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since October 1998 and Vice President Legal and Assistant Secretary since January 1996.

Dr. Alain C. Briancon joined InterDigital as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer in January 2001. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Executive Vice President was deleted from Mr. Briancon’s title. From 1996 through December 2000, Dr. Briancon served as Vice President and General Manager of Motorola Inc., with the Advanced Services Applications Platform Division within the Semiconductor Product Sector from 1999 to December 2000.

Mark A. Lemmo was named Executive Vice President, Product Management and Business Development in April 2000. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Mr. Lemmo’s title was changed to Senior Business Development Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Lemmo held the position of Executive Vice President, Engineering and Product Operations since October 1996 and Vice President, Sales and Marketing since June 1994.

Brian G. Kiernan was promoted to Senior Vice President, Standards in July 1997. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Mr. Kiernan’s title was changed to Chief Strategic Standards Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Kiernan held the position of Vice President, Marketing Support since January 1993.

William C. Miller joined InterDigital as Senior Vice President, Programs and Engineering in July 2000. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Mr. Miller’s title was changed to Senior Programs and Engineering Officer. Before joining InterDigital, Mr. Miller served as Vice President, Programs with Telephonics Corporation, an aircraft and mass transit communications systems corporation located in Farmingdale, New York, since 1993.

Lawrence F. Shay joined InterDigital as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in November 2001. The title distinctions among Vice Presidents at the executive level were eliminated and the title nomenclature of all such individuals was revised effective January 1, 2004 without a change to responsibilities. As a result, Vice President was deleted from Mr. Shay’s title. Mr. Shay served as Corporate Secretary until September 2004. Before joining InterDigital, Mr. Shay served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary with U.S. Interactive, Inc., a multi-national publicly held Internet professional services corporation, from June 1999 to June 2001, Executive Vice President from September 2000 until June 2001, and Senior Vice President from June 1999 until September 2000. U.S. Interactive, Inc. filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in January 2001 and a reorganization plan was confirmed in September 2001. Prior to June 1999, Mr. Shay was a partner in the corporate group of Dilworth Paxson LLP, a major Philadelphia law firm, where he practiced law from 1985 until 1999.

InterDigital’s executive officers are elected to the offices set forth above to hold office until their successors are duly elected and have qualified. All of such persons are parties to agreements that provide for severance pay and continuation of designated benefits. Mr. Goldberg’s agreement generally provides for the payment of severance of up to a maximum of eighteen months salary and up to a maximum of eighteen months’ continuation of medical and dental benefits. The other executives’ agreements generally provide for the payment of severance up to a maximum of one year’s salary and up to a maximum of one year’s continuation of medical and dental benefits. In addition, with respect to all of these agreements, in the event of a termination or resignation within one year following a change of control, which is defined as the acquisition (including by mergers or consolidations, or by the issuance by InterDigital of its securities) by one or more persons in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power represented by the outstanding stock of InterDigital, the executive would generally receive two years of salary and the immediate vesting of all restricted stock and stock options.

17

Risk Factors

This Annual Report, including “Item 1. Business” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis”, contains forward-looking statements reflecting, among other things, the Company’s beliefs and expectations as to: (i) the deployment, migration to and growth of the 3G market and the wireless data services market; analysts and industry expert forecasts as to the market for wireless products and services and growth of certain technologies; our belief as to the inability of existing system solutions to meet anticipated demands of wireless data users; (ii) our ability to influence the wireless technology standards development process; the timing of new standards being adopted; (iii) our strategy including: (a) the development and delivery of advanced wireless technologies to address the constantly evolving demands of the wireless market while securing and protecting the underlying intellectual property; (b) a program of licensing our patented technology to wireless equipment producers worldwide; (c) the implementation of our technologies into a diversified portfolio of products to serve a broad range of customers in the global cellular, IEEE 802 wireless and U.S. government markets; (d) maximizing the value proposition for our customers and partners by combining our intellectual property rights and technology products into a coordinated offering; (e) substantial involvement in key worldwide standards bodies to contribute to the ongoing definition of wireless standards and to incorporate our inventions into those standards; (f) acquisition of valuable intellectual property, technologies and products that will enhance the value of our portfolio of solutions for our customers; (g) creatively structured relationships with leading technology developers and equipment producers; (iv) our belief that a number of our inventions are essential to the 2G, 2.5 G and 3G standards, and many will be commercially important in 2G, 2.5G and 3G product offerings and have application and will be essential in IEEE 802 and interference management technologies and our belief that our patent portfolio is applicable to all air interface protocols described in the IMT—2000 standard; (v) our plans to: (a) continue testing and implementation of the Company’s and Infineon’s FDD protocol stack, (b) offer our HSDPA solution to semiconductor and handset manufacturers; (c) monitor market interest in TDD technology and defer allocating further resources on TDD development; (d) market our AIM Antenna technology in the IEEE 802 wireless market, pursue relationships with top antenna manufacturers, ODMs and OEMs and our beliefs as to the applications and capabilities of our AIM Antenna and AIM Performware solutions; (e) enhance internal development efforts by partnering with leading universities and researchers and acquisitions and leveraging such relationships and acquisitions through licensing of associated patents and technology; (vi) the timing of deliverables and associated payments under our General Dynamics contract; (vii) our future revenues, cash flow, short-term investment position, operating expenses, and capital expenditures, and the sources and timing thereof, and our near term operating requirements and lack of need to seek additional financing; (viii) our ability to monetize our investment in technology development primarily through patent licensing or sale of all or a portion of our technologies; (ix) our ability to enter into new customer, partner and licensing relationships, secure patent protection for our inventions, and develop, introduce and sell new products, technology and enhancements on a timely and consistent basis; (x) the royalty obligations of Nokia and Samsung under their respective patent license agreements with us and the timing of the respective arbitration proceedings; (xi) our ability to collect royalties under existing license agreements and settlement agreements and derive future revenues from our patents, including: (a) the impact of a successful action against some of our patents based on validity or infringement or the impact of a design around some of our commercially important patents on ongoing and new royalty revenue streams and; (b) the impact on our cash flow, results of operations and level of profitability due to loss of revenues under the NEC 3G License, Sony Ericsson Agreement, or Sharp PDC/PHS Agreement and our expectation as to the structure of new patent license agreements. Words such as “expect,” “will,” “believe,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “anticipate,” “our strategy,” “future,” “target,” “trend,” “seek to,” “will continue,” “outcome,” “predict,” “due to receive,” “likely,” “in the event” or similar expressions contained herein are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

Although forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K reflect the good faith judgment of our management, such statements can only be based on facts and factors currently known by the Company. Consequently, forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. We caution readers that actual results and outcomes could differ materially from those expressed in or anticipated by such forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are only as of the date of this Annual Report. In addition to the associated risks and uncertainties identified in this Annual Report as well as other information contained herein, each of the following risk factors should be considered in evaluating our business and prospects. The following risk factors are not listed in any order of importance or priority:

Our Technologies May Not Be Adopted By the Market or Widely Deployed.

We invest significant engineering resources in the development of advanced wireless technology and related products. These investments may not be recoverable or not result in meaningful revenue if products based on the technologies in which we invest are not widely deployed. Competing digital wireless technologies could reduce the opportunities for deployment of technologies we develop. If the technologies in which we invest are not adopted in the mainstream markets or in time periods we expect or we are unable to secure partner support for our technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. For example, our ability to capitalize on our investments in WCDMA and smart antenna solutions depends upon market interest in such technologies. There are emerging wireless technologies, such as WiMAX, that may compete with WCDMA. If deployments of such other technologies obtained significant market share, the market size for WCDMA products could be reduced. All of these competing technologies also could impair multi-vendor and operator support for WCDMA, key factors in defining opportunities in the wireless market. Similarly, changes or delays in the implementation of new wireless standards could limit our opportunities in the wireless market.

18

Our Technology and Product Development Activities May Experience Delays.

We may experience technical, financial, resource or other difficulties or delays related to the further development of our technologies and products. Delays may have adverse financial effects and may allow competitors with comparable technology and/or product offerings to gain a commercial advantage over us. There can be no assurance that we have adequate staffing or that our development efforts will ultimately be successful. Further, if such development efforts are not successful or delays are serious, strategic relationships could suffer and strategic partners could be hampered in their marketing efforts of products containing our technologies. As a result we could experience reduced revenues or we could miss critical market windows. Moreover, our technologies have not been fully tested in commercial use. It is possible that they may not perform as expected. In such case, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected and our ability to secure new customers and other business opportunities could be diminished.

The Markets for Our Technologies and Our Products May Fail to Materialize in the Manner We Expect.

We are positioning our current development projects for the evolving advanced wireless markets. Certain of the these markets, in particular the 3G market and the market for smart antenna solutions, may continue to develop at a slower rate or pace than we expect and may be of a smaller size than we expect. Additionally, the development projects that target only the emerging 3G market do not have direct bearing on the 2.5G or any other market which has developed or might develop after the 2G market but prior to the development of the 3G market. For example, the potential exists for 3G market preemption or reduction in scope by the success of current or future 2.5G solutions and of WLAN. In addition, there could be fewer applications for our technology and products than we expect. The development of the 3G and other advanced wireless markets also could be impacted by general economic conditions, customer buying patterns, timeliness of equipment development, pricing of 3G infrastructure and mobile devices, rate of growth in telecommunications services that would be delivered on 3G devices, and the availability of capital for, and the high cost of, radio frequency licenses and infrastructure improvements. Failure of the markets for our technologies and our products to materialize to the extent or at the rate we expect could reduce our opportunities for sales and licensing and could materially adversely affect our longer-term business, financial condition and operating results.

Our Future Financial Condition and Operating Results Could Fluctuate.

Our financial condition and operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and might fluctuate significantly in the future. Our financial condition and operating results could continue to fluctuate because (i) our markets are subject to increased competition from other products and technologies; (ii) it is difficult to predict the timing and amount of licensing revenue associated with past infringement and new licenses, and the timing, nature or amount of revenues associated with strategic partnerships; (iii) we may not be able to enter into additional or expanded strategic partnerships or license agreements, either at all or on acceptable terms; (iv) the strength of our patent portfolio could be weakened through patents being declared invalid, our claims being narrowed, changes to the standards, and adverse court decisions; (v) our licensing revenues are currently dependent on sales by our licensees which is outside of our control and which could be negatively impacted by a variety of factors including global economic conditions, buying patterns of end users, competition for our licensees’ products, and any decline in the sale prices our licensees receive for their covered products. Our operating results also could be affected by general economic and other conditions that cause a downturn in the market for our products or technology. Because the base level of many of our expenses is relatively fixed, variations in revenue from a small number of customers could cause our operating results to vary from quarter to quarter. In addition, increased expenses which could result from factors such as increased litigation costs, actions designed to keep pace with technology and product market targets, and other strategic investments, could adversely impact near-term operating results. The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast and could adversely affect both our quarterly and annual operating results and financial condition.

Additionally, our 2G licensing revenue is expected to be impacted negatively over time by the decline of the 2G market coupled with the expiration of ongoing royalty obligations starting in 2006. Our revenue and cash flow also could be affected by: (i) the deterioration of the financial condition of any licensee or the unwillingness of any licensee to satisfy all of their royalty obligations on the terms we expect; and (ii) the failure of 2G and 2.5G sales to meet market forecasts due to global economic conditions, political instability, competitive technologies, or otherwise.

The Number of 3G Patent Licensors and Downward Pressure on Royalty Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Future Revenue and Cash Flow.

A number of companies have made claims as to the essential nature of their patents for products for the 3G market. Additionally, licensees, individually and collectively, are increasingly demanding that the royalty rates for 3G patents be lower than historic royalty rates, and in some cases, that the aggregate royalty rates for their 3G products be capped at a maximum amount. Both the increasing number of potential licensors of 3G technology and any downward pressure on royalty rates for such technology could cause a decrease in the royalty rates we receive for use of the inventions covered by our patents, causing future revenue and cash flow to be lower than we anticipate.

We Face Substantial Competition From Companies with Greater Resources.

Competition in the wireless telecommunications industry is intense. We face competition from companies developing other technologies including existing companies with in-house development teams and new competitors to the market. (See, “-Our

19

Technologies May Not Be Adopted By the Market or Widely Deployed.”) Many current and potential competitors may have advantages over us, including: (a) existing royalty-free cross-licenses to competing and emerging technologies; (b) longer operating histories and presence in key markets; (c) greater name recognition; (d) access to larger customer bases; and (e) greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution channels, technical and other resources. In particular, our more limited resources and capabilities may adversely impact our competitive position if the market were to move towards the provision of an existing complete technology platform solution which larger equipment manufacturers have the ability to provide.

Our Industry is Subject to Rapid Technological Change, Uncertainty, and Shifting Market Windows.

Our market success depends, in part, on our ability to keep pace with changes in industry standards, technological developments, and varying customer requirements. Changes in industry standards and needs could adversely affect the development of and demand for our technology, rendering products and technology currently under development obsolete and unmarketable. If we fail to anticipate or respond adequately to these shifts or we experience any significant technical, financial, or other delays in the development, introduction or commercial availability of our products and technology, we could miss a critical market window, reducing or eliminating our ability to capitalize on our technology, products, or both.

Our 2004 Revenues were Derived Primarily from Three Patent Licensees.

Revenues from patent license agreements with Sony Ericsson, NEC and Sharp accounted for approximately 79% of our recurring revenues in 2004. In the event any of these licensees fail to meet their payment and/or reporting obligations under their respective license agreements (with the exception of the NEC 2G Agreement for which all currently anticipated cash has been received), our future revenue and cash flow could be materially adversely impacted. Additionally, since two of these companies (accounting for approximately 67% of our 2004 recurring revenues) are based in Japan, the future level of revenue and/or cash flow from these two companies could be affected by general economic conditions in Japan and each company’s respective success in selling covered products in markets both inside and outside of Japan.

We Rely on Relationships with Third Parties to Develop and Deploy Products.

The successful execution of our strategic plan is partially dependent on the establishment and success of relationships with equipment producers and other industry participants. With respect to FDD products for example, our plan contemplates that these third parties will permit us to have access to product capability, markets, and additional libraries of technology. We currently have one semiconductor partner in our FDD technology development effort-Infineon. Delays or failure to enter into additional partnering relationships to facilitate other technology development efforts could impair our ability to introduce into the market, portions of our technology and resulting products, or cause us to miss critical market windows. With respect to our AIM Antenna technologies, our strategy contemplates that third parties will assist in the proliferation and preference for our technology solutions. The inability of such third parties to successfully market or sell their products containing our technology could impair our ability to meet critical market windows.

Claims by Third Parties That We Infringe Their Intellectual Property Could Harm Our Technology and Product Solutions Business.

A number of third parties publicly have claimed that they own patents essential to various wireless standards. Certain of our products are designed to comply with such standards. If any of our products are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, we could be required to redesign such products, take a license from such third party, and/or pay damages to the third party. If we are not able to negotiate a license and/or if we cannot economically redesign such products, we could be prohibited from marketing such products. In such case, our prospects for realizing future revenue could be adversely affected. If we are required to obtain licenses and/or pay royalties to one or more patent holders, this could have an adverse effect on the commercial implementation of our wireless products.

Our Revenue and Cash Flow Depend Upon the Success of Our Licensing Program.

Over the next several years, our strategic plan depends upon our ability to continue to generate patent licensing revenue and cash flow related to the sale by third parties of wireless devices and infrastructure compliant with the 2G, 2.5G, and 3G digital cellular standards in use today, among them GSM, GPRS, EDGE, TIA/EIA-54/136, PDC, PHS, WCDMA, and cdma2000. Our ability to collect such revenue and cash flow is subject to a number of risks:

Affect of Nokia and Samsung Arbitrations

First, we believe that the license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson establish the financial terms necessary to define the royalty obligations of Nokia and Samsung on 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/TDMA products under their existing patent licensing agreements with ITC. However, Nokia and Samsung each dispute the applicability of the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson agreements, and these disputes are in arbitration. (See, “-Business Activities, Patent and Technology Licensing, Legal Proceedings, Contractual Arbitration Proceedings.”). These disputes have delayed our receipt of the payments that we believe are due from each of Nokia and Samsung. In addition, the resolution of these disputes could (a) reduce or eliminate amounts that we believe Nokia and/or Samsung owe and/or are required to pay in the future, and (b) negatively affect our ability to secure new patent License agreements.

20

Challenges to and Expirations of Existing License Agreements

Revenue and cash flow from existing and potential licensees may also be affected by challenges to our interpretation of provisions of license agreements. Such challenges could result in rejection or modification of license agreements and the termination, reduction, and suspension of payments. Also, the license grant covering the sale of 2G/2.5G products under the Sony Ericsson Agreement which accounted for 12% of our recurring royalty revenue in 2004 becomes paid-up at the end of 2006, terminating future payments thereunder. In addition, the PHS/PDC license agreement with Sharp which accounted for 24% of our recurring royalty revenue in 2004 expires in 2008, terminating payments thereunder.

Ability to Enter into New License Agreements

We face challenges in entering into new patent license agreements. During discussions with unlicensed companies significant negotiation issues arise from time to time. For example, manufacturers and sellers of 2G products can be reluctant to enter into a license agreement because such companies might be required to make a significant lump sum payment for unlicensed past sales. Also, many of the inventions we believe will be employed in 3G products are the subject of our patent applications where no patent has been issued yet by the relevant patent reviewing authorities. Certain prospective licensees are unwilling to license patent rights prior to a patent’s issuance. Additionally, in the ordinary course of negotiations, in response to our demand that they enter into a license agreement, manufacturers raise different defenses and arguments including defenses and arguments (i) as to the essential nature of our patents, (ii) that their products do not infringe our patents, and (iii) relating to the impact on them of litigation in which we are involved. We can not be assured that all prospective licensees will be persuaded during negotiations to enter into a patent license.

Defending and Enforcing Patent Rights

Major telecommunications equipment manufacturers have challenged, and we expect will continue to challenge, the validity of our patents. In some instances, certain of our patent claims have been declared invalid or substantially narrowed. We cannot assure that the validity of these patents will be maintained or that any of the key patents will be determined to be applicable to any 2G or 3G product. Any significant adverse finding as to the validity or scope of our key patents could result in the loss of patent licensing revenue from existing licensees and could substantially impair our ability to secure new patent licensing arrangements.

In addition, the cost of defending our intellectual property has been and may continue to be significant. Litigation may be required to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, enforce confidentiality agreements, or determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights of others. In addition, third parties could commence litigation against us seeking to invalidate our patents and/or have determined that our patents are unenforceable. As a result of any such litigation, we could lose our proprietary rights and/or incur substantial unexpected operating costs. Any action we take to protect our intellectual property rights could be costly and could absorb significant management time and attention that, in turn, could negatively affect our results of operations. Moreover, third parties could circumvent our patents not considered essential to the standards through design changes. Any of these events could adversely affect our prospects for realizing future revenue.

Our License Agreements Contain Provisions which Could Impair Our Ability to Realize Licensing Revenues.

Certain of our licenses contain provisions that could cause the licensee’s obligation to pay royalties to be reduced or suspended for an indefinite period, with or without the accrual of the royalty obligation. For example, some of the existing license agreements may be renegotiated or restructured based on MFL or other provisions contained in the applicable license agreement. The assertion or validity of such provisions under the existing agreements could affect the timing and amount of future recurring licensing revenue.

We Face Risks From Doing Business in Global Markets.

A significant portion of our business opportunities exists in a number of international markets. Accordingly, we could be subject to the effects of a variety of uncontrollable and changing factors, including: difficulty in protecting our intellectual property and enforcing contractual commitments in foreign jurisdictions; government regulations, tariffs and other applicable trade barriers; currency control regulations; political instability; natural disasters, acts of terrorism and war; potentially adverse tax consequences; and general delays in remittance and difficulties of collecting non-U.S. payments. In addition, we also are subject to risks specific to the individual countries in which our customers, our licensees and we do business.

Consolidations in the Wireless Communications Industry Could Adversely Affect Our Business.

The wireless communications industry has experienced consolidation of participants and this trend may continue. Any concentration within the wireless industry might reduce the number of licensing opportunities and, in some instances, result in the loss or elimination of existing royalty obligations. Further, if wireless carriers consolidate with companies that utilize technologies competitive with our technologies, we could lose market opportunities.

21

We Depend on Sufficient Engineering and Licensing Resources.

Competition exists for qualified individuals with expertise in licensing and with significant engineering experience in emerging technologies, like WCDMA and smart antenna solutions. Our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel could be affected by any adverse decisions in any litigation or arbitration and by our ability to offer competitive cash and equity compensation and work environment conditions. The failure to attract and retain such persons with relevant and appropriate experience could interfere with our ability to enter into new license agreements and undertake additional technology and product development efforts, as well as our ability to meet our strategic objectives.

Market Projections are Forward-Looking in Nature.

Our strategy is based on our own projections and on analyst, industry observer and expert projections, which are forward-looking in nature and are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. The validity of their and our assumptions, the timing and scope of the 3G market, economic conditions, customer buying patterns, timeliness of equipment development, pricing of 3G products, growth in wireless telecommunications services that would be delivered on 3G devices, and availability of capital for infrastructure improvements could affect these predictions. The inaccuracy of any of these projections could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Unauthorized Use or Disclosure of Our Confidential Information Could Adversely Affect Our Business.

We enter into contractual relationships governing the protection of our confidential and proprietary information with our employees, consultants, and prospective and existing customers and strategic partners. If we are unable to timely detect the unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary or other confidential information or we are unable to enforce our rights under such agreements, the misappropriation of such information could harm our business.

If Wireless Handsets Pose Health and Safety Risks, Demand for Products of Our Licensees and Customers Could Decrease.

Media reports and certain studies have suggested that radio frequency emissions from wireless handsets may be linked to health concerns, such as brain tumors, other malignancies and genetic damage to blood, and may interfere with electronic medical devices, such as pacemakers, telemetry and delicate medical equipment. If concerns over radio frequency emissions grow, this could discourage the use of wireless handsets, and cause a decrease in demand for the products of our licensees and customers. Concerns over safety risks posed by the use of wireless handsets while driving and the effect of any resulting legislation could reduce demand for the products of our licensees and customers.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

The Company owns one facility, subject to a mortgage, for approximately 52,000 square feet, in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. The Company is party to a lease expiring in 2007, for approximately 56,125 square feet of space in Melville, New York. The Company is also a party to a lease expiring in 2006, for approximately 11,918 square feet of space in Montreal, Canada and a lease expiring in 2005 for approximately 20,660 square feet of space in Melbourne, Florida. We expect to renew both the Montreal and Melbourne leases or find comparable space in those vicinities. These facilities are the principal locations for our technology development activities.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Nokia

Nokia Arbitration

In July 2003, Nokia requested arbitration regarding Nokia’s royalty payment obligations for its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products under the existing patent license agreement with ITC (Nokia Arbitration). Pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of the patent license agreement, the arbitration is being conducted in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC).

The binding arbitration relates to ITC’s claim that the patent license agreements ITC signed with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson in March 2003 defined the financial terms under which Nokia would be required to pay royalties on its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products commencing January 1, 2002. Nokia is seeking a determination that its obligation under our existing patent license agreement is not defined by our patent license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or has been discharged. Nokia also is seeking a ruling that no royalty rate for its sales after January 1, 2002 can be determined by the arbitration panel (“Nokia Tribunal”) until certain contractual conditions precedent have been satisfied. Nokia has additionally claimed that, in any event, the Nokia Tribunal cannot award money damages. ITC filed an Answer to Nokia’s Request for Arbitration arguing that the patent license agreements signed with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson in March 2003 defined the financial terms under which Nokia would be required to pay royalties on its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products commencing January 1, 2002, that Nokia’s duty to pay these royalties has not been discharged, and that the documents sought by Nokia are not relevant to the royalty determination. ITC also counterclaimed for an arbitration decision requiring that Nokia pay us royalties on equivalent terms and conditions as those set forth in the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson patent license agreements for the period January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2006, and a determination of the amount of the royalty and payment terms. During fourth quarter 2003, Nokia filed a Reply contesting our claims and included additional claims and defenses relating to the validity and infringement of certain of ITC’s patents. Subsequently, Nokia withdrew from the arbitration its claims pertaining to invalidity and non-infringement of those same ITC patents, but maintains that the validity and infringement of those patents is a factor the arbitration panel should consider in the arbitration. We do not believe that the issues of patent validity or infringement are relevant to the arbitrable royalty dispute and have contested Nokia’s position.

The hearing in the Nokia Arbitration was conducted in January 2005 and the Nokia Tribunal has notified the parties that the Nokia Tribunal expects to submit an internal draft Award to the ICC on or before March 31, 2005 (as an approximate date). The ICC has set May 31, 2005 as the last date for rendering a Final Award and the Company anticipates a decision by the ICC on or before such last date absent an earlier resolution by the parties. Any Final Award could be subject to appeal filings on limited bases and enforcement proceedings by the parties.

Other Nokia Proceedings

In July 2003, Nokia filed a motion to intervene in the now-settled Ericsson litigation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas and to gain access to documents previously sealed by the Court in the settled litigation. We filed a response opposing the request to intervene and opposing the request for access to the documents. The Court granted Nokia’s motion to intervene in the Ericsson litigation, and provided Nokia with document access on a limited basis. Thereafter, the Nokia Tribunal ordered that certain documents from the Ericsson litigation be produced to Nokia for its use in the Nokia Arbitration, though the Nokia Tribunal made no decision as to whether issues of patent infringement or validity were relevant to the determination of Nokia’s royalty obligation. Nokia subsequently filed a motion to reinstate certain decisions that were vacated in the now-settled Ericsson litigation, which motion was granted by the Court. We have appealed that ruling to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Nokia is contesting our appeal.

In late 2004, Nokia sought to enforce two subpoenas issued by the Nokia Tribunal to Ericsson and Sony Ericsson seeking certain documents. Those enforcement actions were commenced in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of Texas and the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina. Nokia has withdrawn both enforcement actions.

22

During the Nokia Arbitration, on June 14, 2004 Nokia commenced a patent revocation proceeding in the United Kingdom High Court of Justice, Chancery Division, Patents Court, seeking to have three of ITC’s U.K. patents declared invalid (“U.K. Revocation Proceeding”). Nokia also seeks a declaration that the manufacture and sale of certain mobile and infrastructure equipment does not infringe these three patents, and that the patents are not essential under the applicable standard. ITC is contesting all of these claims, and the trial is scheduled to commence in October 2005.

In connection with the U.K. Revocation Proceeding, in September 2004 Nokia filed an action against Sony Ericsson in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, and an action against Ericsson in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The actions are based upon 28 United States Code Section 1782 which provides for discovery in a United States court for use in a foreign proceeding and addresses jurisdictional, procedural and evidentiary matters associated with such foreign proceeding. In both actions, Nokia sought documents related to the ITC patents and patent licenses. Both the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Texas and the Eastern District of North Carolina have denied Nokia’s motions with respect to any documents not previously produced in the Nokia Arbitration.

During the Nokia Arbitration, in January 2005, Nokia and Nokia, Inc. filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against InterDigital Communications Corporation and ITC for declaratory judgments of patent invalidity and non-infringement of certain claims of certain patents, and violations of the Lanham Act. We have filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

Samsung

In 2002, during an arbitration proceeding, Samsung elected, under its 1996 patent license agreement with ITC (1996 Samsung License Agreement), to have Samsung’s royalty obligations commencing January 1, 2002 for 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE wireless communications products be determined in accordance with the terms of the Nokia patent license agreement, including its MFL provision. By notice in March 2003, ITC notified Samsung that such Samsung obligations had been defined by the relevant licensing terms of ITC’s license agreements with Ericsson (for infrastructure products) and Sony Ericsson (for terminal unit products) as a result of the MFL provision in the Nokia license agreement. In November 2003, Samsung initiated a binding arbitration against the Company and ITC. The arbitration was filed with the ICC. Samsung is seeking to have an ICC arbitration panel determine that Samsung’s obligations under the 1996 Samsung License Agreement are not defined by our license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or, in the alternative, to determine the amount of the appropriate royalty due. ITC has counterclaimed for an arbitration decision requiring that Samsung pay ITC royalties on equivalent terms and conditions as those set forth in the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson patent license agreements for the period January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2006, and determining the amount of the royalty and payment terms. We also seek a declaration that the parties’ rights and obligations are governed by the 1996 Samsung License Agreement, and that the Nokia patent license agreement dictates only Samsung’s royalty obligations and most favored rights for those products licensed under the 1996 Samsung License Agreement. Samsung has replied to ITC’s answer and counterclaim, maintaining Samsung’s position (as set forth in its arbitration demand) and arguing that it has succeeded to all of Nokia’s license rights, including its 3G license. If the arbitration panel were to agree with Samsung’s position, Samsung would be licensed to sell 3G products on the same terms as Nokia. In the alternative, Samsung asserts that its royalty obligations should be governed by the MFL clause in the 1996 Samsung License Agreement. The arbitration panel has informed the Company and Samsung that the evidentiary hearing in this matter is scheduled to commence in June 2005.

23

Lucent

In March 2004, Tantivy Communications, Inc., one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Lucent, a leading manufacturer of cdma2000 equipment. The case is based on our assertions of infringement by Lucent of several of our subsidiary’s patents issued in the United States. The lawsuit seeks damages for past infringement and an injunction against future infringement as well as interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees. Lucent has responded to the lawsuit denying any infringement, and seeking a declaration of non-infringement and that the patents are invalid. Lucent has requested attorneys’ fees and costs. The Court has issued a scheduling order pursuant to which the Markman hearing (for claim construction) is scheduled for May 2005, and the trial is scheduled to commence in September 2005. Pursuant to court order, the parties attended a mediation session in January 2005. The parties are currently in the discovery phase of the litigation.

Federal

In October 2003, Federal Insurance Company (Federal), the insurance carrier for the now-settled litigation involving Ericsson Inc., delivered to us a demand for arbitration under the Pennsylvania Uniform Arbitration Act. Federal claims, based on their determination of expected value to the Company resulting from our settlement involving Ericsson Inc., that an insurance reimbursement agreement requires us to reimburse Federal approximately $28.0 million for attorneys’ fees and expenses it claims were paid by it. On November 4, 2003 the Company filed an action in United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania seeking a declaratory judgment that the reimbursement agreement is void and unenforceable, seeking reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and expenses which have not been reimbursed by Federal and which were paid directly by the Company in connection with the Ericsson Inc. litigation, and seeking damages for Federal’s bad faith and breach of its obligations under the insurance policy. In the alternative, in the event the reimbursement agreement is found to be valid and enforceable, the Company is seeking a declaratory judgment that Federal is entitled to reimbursement based only on certain portions of amounts received by the Company from Ericsson Inc. pursuant to the settlement of the litigation involving Ericsson Inc. Federal has requested the Court to dismiss the action and/or to have the matter referred to arbitration. We have opposed such requests. Prior to Federal’s demand for arbitration, we had accrued a contingent liability of $3.4 million related to the insurance reimbursement agreement.

Other

We have filed patent applications in the United States and in numerous foreign countries. In the ordinary course of business, we currently are, and expect from time to time to be, subject to challenges with respect to the validity of our patents and with respect to our patent applications. We intend to continue to vigorously defend the validity of our patents and defend against any such challenges. However, if certain key patents are revoked or patent applications are denied, our patent licensing opportunities could be materially and adversely affected.

We and our licensees, in the normal course of business, have disagreements as to the rights and obligations of the parties under the applicable patent license agreement. For example, we could have a disagreement with a licensee as to the amount of reported sales of covered products and royalties owed. Our patent license agreements typically provide for arbitration as the mechanism for resolving disputes. Arbitration proceedings can be resolved through an award rendered by an arbitration panel or through private settlement between the parties.

In addition to disputes associated with enforcement and licensing activities regarding our intellectual property, including the litigation and other proceedings described above, we are a party to other disputes and legal actions not related to our intellectual property but also arising in the ordinary course of our business.

Based upon information presently available to us, we believe that the ultimate outcome of these other disputes and legal actions will not materially affect us.

24

Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, no matters were submitted for a vote of our security holders.

25

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR COMPANY’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The following table sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices of InterDigital’s Common Stock for the years 2004 and 2003, as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market.

	High		Low
2004
First Quarter	$	27.87	$	15.81
Second Quarter		19.50		15.00
Third Quarter		19.46		13.89
Fourth Quarter		23.50		15.34
	High		Low
2003
First Quarter	$	24.14	$	11.50
Second Quarter		28.85		18.21
Third Quarter		26.25		13.90
Fourth Quarter		21.13		15.00

As of March 1, 2005, there were approximately 1,578 holders of record of our Common Stock.

We have not paid cash dividends on our Common Stock since inception. It is anticipated that in the foreseeable future, without regard to any cash proceeds we may receive from any settlement or resolution of outstanding arbitrations or litigations, no cash dividends will be paid on our Common Stock and any cash otherwise available for such dividends will be reinvested in our business. The payment of cash dividends will depend on our earnings, any dividend requirements on Preferred Stock if issued in the future, our capital requirements and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors.

The Company did not make any purchases of its Common Stock during fourth quarter 2004.

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(in thousands, except per share data)

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:	2004			2003			2002			2001			2000
Revenues:
Licensing and alliance (a)	$	103,685		$	114,574		$	87,895		$	52,562		$	51,244
Products		—			—			—			—			5,634
Total revenues	$	103,685		$	114,574		$	87,895		$	52,562		$	56,878
(Loss) income from operations	$	(6,292	)	$	29,541		$	9,240		$	(20,943	)	$	3,243
Other Income (b)	$	—		$	10,580		$	—		$	—		$	—
Income tax benefit (provision) (c)	$	4,704		$	(7,269	)	$	(8,748	)	$	(3,418	)	$	(3,607	)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	89		$	34,332		$	2,375		$	(19,421	)	$	5,564
Net income (loss) per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle – basic	$	—		$	0.62		$	0.04		$	(0.36	)	$	0.11
Net income (loss) per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle – diluted	$	—		$	0.58		$	0.04		$	(0.36	)	$	0.10
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (d)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(53,875	)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders	$	89		$	34,332		$	2,375		$	(19,421	)	$	(48,311	)
Net income (loss) per common share – basic	$	—		$	0.62		$	0.04		$	(0.36	)	$	(0.91	)
Net income (loss) per common share – diluted	$	—		$	0.58		$	0.04		$	(0.36	)	$	(0.91	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic		55,264			55,271			52,981			53,446			52,855
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – diluted		59,075			59,691			56,099			53,446			57,306
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	15,737		$	20,877		$	22,337		$	17,892		$	12,343
Short-term investments		116,081			85,050			65,229			72,471			76,644
Working capital		106,784			112,325			111,845			87,696			87,390
Total assets		241,920			205,165			191,178			148,381			141,625
Total debt		1,884			1,970			2,159			2,342			2,560
Total shareholders’ equity	$	115,659		$	97,485		$	78,791		$	60,274		$	73,910

26

(a) In third quarter 2004, we transitioned to reporting per-unit royalties in the period in which we receive our licensees’ royalty reports rather than in the period in which our licensees’ sales of covered products occur. As a result of this transition, our results for 2004 include only three quarters of per-unit royalties.

(b) In 2003, we recognized, as other income, $14 million from the settlement of our litigation with Ericsson, net of an estimated $3.4 million associated with a claim under an insurance agreement.

(c) Our income tax provision in 2004 included a benefit of approximately $17 million related to the third quarter 2004 recognition of an increase in the value of our deferred tax assets. For the years 2000 through 2003, our income tax provision was comprised primarily of non-U.S. withholding taxes and Alternative Minimum Tax. The volatility in our income tax provision, prior to our recognition of an increase in the value of our deferred tax assets, was primarily due to changes in the level of royalty revenue subject to non-U.S. withholding tax.

(d) Effective January 1, 2000, we modified our policy for recognizing revenues from patent licensing in response to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”. Under our revised policy we defer recognition of up-front payments that represent the fulfillment or prepayment of a licensee’s future royalty obligations and recognize such up-front payments over the period of benefit.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Selected Financial Data and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, contained in this document. Please refer to the Glossary of Terms immediately following the Table of Contents for a list and detailed description of the various technical, industry and other defined terms that are used in this Form 10-K.

We are in the business of designing and developing advanced wireless technology solutions which we make available for license or sale to semiconductor companies and equipment producers. Our advanced technology solutions are comprised of inventions, know-how and other technical data (e.g., software designs and specifications) related to the design and operation of digital wireless products and systems. We patent many of our inventions and license those inventions to wireless communications equipment producers and related suppliers. In addition, we offer for sale or license, on a non-exclusive basis, various portions of the technology (e.g., reference designs, algorithms, know-how and software) to producers of wireless equipment products and components. Our advanced technology solutions have been developed both independently, in conjunction with certain equipment manufacturers and through strategic acquisitions. We also actively participate in the standard setting process for wireless technologies, contributing solutions that are incorporated, from time to time, into Standards. In 2004, we generated substantially all of our revenue from patent license agreements.

In third quarter 2004, we transitioned to reporting per-unit royalties in the period in which we receive our licensees’ royalty reports rather than in the period in which our licensees’ sales of covered products occur. Consequently, our results for 2004 include only three quarters of per-unit royalties compared to four quarters in 2003. Our revenues in 2004, 2003 and 2002 included approximately $1.4 million, $20.6 million and nearly $8.0 million, respectively, related to our licensees’ product sales from prior periods. In 2004 and 2002, our revenues also included $0.4 million and $16.5 million, respectively, of previously received non-refundable prepayments that were recognized upon our receipt of evidence that the licensees had discontinued sales of covered products. These non-recurring items represented approximately 2%, 18% and 28% of our total revenues in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We also recorded $14.0 million of other income in 2003 related to the settlement of a patent litigation that was not associated with a pre-existing patent license agreement. Unpredictable, non-recurring amounts like those noted above could continue in the future.

In the last three years, we have signed eleven new or amended patent license agreements with both new and existing customers, including six license agreements covering 3G technologies. Over that period, we nearly tripled our quarterly recurring patent license royalties, from $11.1 million in first quarter 2002 to $33.0 million in fourth quarter 2004. The increase resulted from both an increase in the number of licensees and higher royalties from existing licensees based on increased sales of covered 2G and 3G products. We expect that our 2G/3G royalty mix will shift to a higher percentage of 3G royalties as the decade unfolds due to the emergence of the 3G market, the continued maturation of the 2G market and the expiration, beginning in 2006, of certain of our TDMA patents.

27

During 2004, wireless handset manufacturers, including our licensees, continued to experience declining average selling prices on mature 2G devices with limited functionality (e.g., voice-only handsets). However, these decreases were offset in large part by both increased volumes and higher average selling prices for devices with increased functionality and features, such as 3G devices and camera-enabled 2.5G handsets. Our royalty rates and terms differ by licensee. Some royalty obligations are calculated strictly as a percentage of sales. Other agreements provide for fixed royalties per unit sold and others provide for combinations or variations thereof. As such, changes in our royalty revenue from covered handsets may not highly correlate with overall industry changes in average selling prices or volumes. That was the case in both 2003 and 2004 when we experienced limited diminution in per-unit royalties from licensees due to the mix of royalties and related agreements. We believe our 2G licensing revenue will decline over time as a result of the continued maturation of the 2G market, coupled with the expiration of certain of our TDMA patents in coming years.

From time-to-time, if we believe that a third party is required to license our patents in order to manufacture and sell digital cellular products, and such third party will not enter into a patent license agreement with us, we may institute a patent infringement lawsuit against the third party. In March 2004, we filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Lucent Technologies, Inc. (Lucent), a leading manufacturer of cdma2000 equipment, for infringement of seven United States patents. The complaint seeks damages for past infringement and an injunction against future infringement as well as interest, costs, and attorney’s fees. Lucent has responded to the lawsuit denying any infringement.

We and our licensees, in the normal course of business, may have disagreements as to the rights and obligations of the parties under the applicable license agreement. For example, we may have a disagreement with a licensee as to the amount of reported sales and royalties due. Currently, we are involved in separate arbitration proceedings regarding our respective license agreements with Nokia Corporation (Nokia) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (Samsung). The evidentiary hearing and post filing briefs in the arbitration proceeding with Nokia recently concluded. The Tribunal presiding over the arbitration proceeding with Nokia is expected to deliver a draft award to the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) on or before an approximate date of March 31, 2005. The arbitration panel for our arbitration with Samsung has informed the parties that the evidentiary hearing in this matter is scheduled to commence in June 2005.

In 2004, our cost of development increased from approximately $45.9 million to approximately $51.2 million and represented approximately 47% of our total operating expenses. Our development efforts are integral to both establishing product offerings and expanding our portfolio of wireless patents and will continue to be a substantial portion of our operating expenses in 2005.

The value of our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2003, including a net deferred tax asset of $42.1 million relating to our federal net operating loss (NOL) credit carryforwards, was $88.3 million. At December 31, 2003, we provided a full valuation allowance on all deferred tax assets other than those associated with revenue that was recognized in the computation of our foreign source withholding tax liability but deferred for financial statement purposes. During 2004, we determined that our recent operating performance coupled with our current expectations to generate future taxable income indicated that it was more likely than not that we would utilize a portion of our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, in third quarter 2004, we recognized an increase in the value of our deferred tax assets of approximately $27 million through a partial reversal of the valuation allowance. Of the $27 million benefit, approximately $17 million was recognized as income in the statement of operations and approximately $10 million was credited directly to additional paid-in-capital. Our assessment of the value of our deferred tax assets did not take into consideration all potential income sources, such as impacts from litigation or arbitration proceedings. We will continue to evaluate the potential use of our deferred tax assets and, depending on various factors, could reverse all or a portion of the remaining valuation allowance in the future.

We seek to maintain a strong balance sheet and have increased our cash and short-term investment position from $105.9 million at December 31, 2003 to $131.8 million at December 31, 2004. We achieved this increase while investing approximately $17 million during 2004 to repurchase one million shares of our common stock. In fourth quarter 2004, our Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase an additional one million shares of common stock. In March 2005, the Board expanded their authorization under this share repurchase program by one million shares. We initiated share repurchases under this share repurchase program early in 2005. We plan to continue to maintain a strong cash and short-term investment position. However, we will consider investment opportunities that may require us to reduce our cash and short-term investment position and/or increase our long-term debt. Such opportunities may include, but are not limited to, additional share repurchase programs, accelerated investment in our internally developed technology and the acquisition of patents and technology products from third parties.

Our revenue and cash flows are dependent, in large part, on the overall market for wireless products and our licensees’ share of that market. Over the course of the last ten years, the cellular communications industry has experienced rapid growth worldwide. Total worldwide cellular wireless communications subscribers rose from slightly more than 200 million at the end of 1997 to 1.7 billion at the end of 2004. In several countries, mobile telephones now outnumber fixed-line telephones. Market analysts expect that the aggregate number of global wireless subscribers will reach 3 billion in 2009.

28

  * 2004 and 2005 data represents projections of handset sales.

  Source: Strategy Analytics, Inc. – March 2005.

The growth in new cellular subscribers, combined with customers who are replacing their mobile phones, helped fuel the growth of mobile phone sales from approximately 115 million units in 1997 to approximately 680 million units in 2004. We believe the combination of a broad subscriber base, continued technological change, and the ever growing dependence on the Internet, e-mail and other digital media sets the stage for growth in the sales of wireless products and services through the balance of this decade. While 2.5G services have been widely deployed as an initial enabler of robust data services, a number of service providers have deployed 3G equipment to further enable enhanced data services.

NTT DoCoMo, the largest wireless operator in Japan, launched a WCDMA 3G network in Japan in October 2001. This service now has over 10.5 million subscribers. 3G services have also been launched by Hutchison, Vodafone, Orange and TIM Italy. The deployment, pace and growth of the 3G market will depend upon the ability of manufacturers to offer and deliver fully-functional equipment, including mobile phones, at affordable prices, and the introduction and uptake of new services designed to use the enhanced data capability. Major manufacturers brought 3G mobile phones to market during 2004. Approximately 16 million WCDMA-enabled phones were sold in 2004, and analysts have forecast shipments of 30 to 40 million WCDMA-enabled mobile phones in 2005. Shipments of cdma2000 1x EV phones reached almost 13 million units in 2004 and are expected to reach approximately 30 million units in 2005.

The adoption of 3G technologies including WCDMA and cdma2000 have been important contributors to our revenue in 2004. Although we cannot always clearly identify the contribution from 3G versus 2G royalties in license agreements that cover both generations of air interface technology, our royalties from patent license agreements that include 3G grew to just over one half of our total revenues in 2004 compared to approximately 32% in 2003. The continued adoption of 3G and our ability to license manufacturers of 3G equipment is integral to our strategy and necessary to replace revenues from 2G only royalties which we expect will begin to decline in 2006.

In addition to the advances in cellular technologies, additional wireless technologies designed to provide data and other communications have emerged. In particular, IEEE 802.11 WLAN has gained momentum in recent years as a wireless broadband solution in the home, office and in public areas. IEEE 802.11 technology offers high-speed data connectivity through unlicensed spectrum within a relatively modest operating range. From initial semiconductor shipments of products built to the IEEE 802.11 standard in 1998, sales have nearly doubled every year since introduction. While relatively small compared to the cellular market (80 million IEEE 802 wireless integrated circuits shipped in 2004) the affordability and attractiveness of the technology has helped fuel rapid market growth. In addition, the IEEE wireless standards bodies are currently creating sets of standards to enable higher data rates, provide coverage over longer distances and enable roaming.

In 2004, we signed an $18.5 million agreement with General Dynamics to serve as a subcontractor on the Mobile User Objective System (“MUOS”) program for the U.S. military as more fully disclosed under our discussion of significant agreements and events below. While more than 99% of our 2004 revenues were related to patent license royalties, we expect that as a result of this agreement, our product and service offerings will begin to contribute revenues in 2005.

29

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our consolidated financial statements are based on the selection and application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in both our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. Actual results could differ from these estimates, and any such differences may be material to the financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, and are included in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. We believe the accounting policies that are of particular importance to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and that may involve a higher degree of complexity and judgment in their application compared to others, are those relating to patents, contingencies, revenue recognition, compensation, and income taxes. If different assumptions were made or different conditions had existed, our financial results could have been materially different.

Patents

We capitalize external costs, such as filing fees and associated attorney fees, incurred to obtain issued patents and patent license rights. We expense costs associated with maintaining and defending our patents subsequent to their issuance. We amortize capitalized patent costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the patents. Ten years represents our best estimate of the average useful lives of our patents relating to technology developed directly by the Company. The ten year estimated life of internally generated patents is based on our assessment of such factors as the integrated nature of the portfolios being licensed, the overall makeup of the portfolio over time and the term(s) of license agreements for such patents. The estimated useful lives of acquired patents and patent rights, however, will be based on analysis related to each acquisition and may differ from the estimated useful lives of patents obtained directly by the Company. We assess the potential impairment to all capitalized net patent costs when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these patents may not be recovered. Amortization expense was $4.4 million, $3.3 million and $2.2 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we capitalized gross patent costs of $62.5 million and $49.3 million, respectively; such costs were offset by accumulated amortization of $21.5 million and $17.1 million, respectively. The weighted average estimated useful life of our capitalized patent costs at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was 11.2 years and 11.4 years, respectively.

Contingencies

We recognize contingent assets and liabilities in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 5 Accounting for Contingencies.

In first quarter 2003, we accrued a $3.4 million liability related to an insurance reimbursement agreement. Our insurance carrier has demanded arbitration, claiming that our obligation under the agreement is approximately $28.0 million. We have since filed an action seeking a declaratory judgment that the insurance reimbursement agreement is void and that we are due damages from our insurance carrier for their bad faith and breach of obligations under a related insurance policy. At this time, it is impossible to predict the outcome of the litigation and any arbitration, therefore we have not adjusted our original accrual of $3.4 million.

Revenue Recognition

In 2004, we derived revenue principally from patent licensing. The timing of revenue recognition and the amount of revenue actually recognized from each source depends upon a variety of factors, including the specific terms of each agreement and the nature of the deliverables and obligations. Such agreements are often complex and multi-faceted. These agreements can include, without limitation, elements related to the settlement of past patent infringement liabilities, up-front and non-refundable license fees for the use of patents and/or know-how, patent and/or know-how licensing royalties on covered products sold by licensees, cross licensing terms between us and other parties, the compensation structure and ownership of intellectual property rights associated with contractual technology development arrangements, and advanced payments and fees for service arrangements. Due to the combined nature of some agreements and the inherent difficulty in establishing reliable, verifiable and objectively determinable evidence of the fair value of the separate elements of these agreements, the total revenue resulting from such agreements may sometimes be recognized over the combined performance period. In other circumstances, such as those agreements involving consideration for past and expected future patent royalty obligations, the determining factors necessary to allocate revenue across past, current, and future years may be difficult to establish. In such instances, the appropriate recording of revenue between periods may require the use of judgment, after consideration of the particular facts and circumstances. Generally, we will not recognize revenue related to payments that are due greater than twelve months from the balance sheet date. In all cases, revenue is only recognized after all of the following criteria are met: (1) written agreements have been executed; (2) delivery of technology or intellectual property rights has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) fees are fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility of fees is reasonably assured.

Patent license agreements

Upon signing a patent license agreement, we provide the licensee permission to use our patented inventions in specific applications. We have no material future obligations associated with such licenses, other than, in some instances, to provide such licensees with notification of future license agreements pursuant to most favored licensee rights. Under our patent license agreements, we typically receive one or a combination of the following forms of payment as consideration for permitting our licensees to use our patented inventions in their applications and products:

• Consideration for Prior Sales: Consideration related to a licensee’s product sales from prior periods. Such consideration may result from a negotiated agreement with a licensee that utilized our patented inventions prior to signing a patent license agreement with us or from the resolution of a disagreement or arbitration with a licensee over the specific terms of an existing license agreement. In each of these cases, we record the consideration as revenue. We may also receive consideration from the settlement of patent infringement litigation where there was no prior patent license agreement. We record the consideration related to such litigation as other income.

30

• Paid-up Amounts: Up-front, non-refundable royalty payments that fulfill the licensee’s obligations to us under a patent license agreement, for the lifetime of the agreement.

• Prepayments: Up-front, non-refundable royalty payments towards a licensee’s future obligations to us related to its expected covered product sales in future periods. Our licensees’ obligations to pay royalties extend beyond the exhaustion of their Prepayment balance. Once a licensee exhausts its Prepayment balance, we may provide them with the opportunity to make another Prepayment toward future sales or it will be required to make Current Royalty Payments.

• Current Royalty Payments: Royalty payments covering a licensee’s obligations to us related to its covered product sales in the current contractual reporting period.

We recognize revenues related to Consideration for Prior Sales when we have obtained a signed agreement, identified a fixed and determinable price and determined that collectability is reasonably assured. We recognize revenues related to Paid-up Amounts on a straight-line basis over the effective term of the license. We utilize the straight-line method because we have no future obligations under these licenses and we can not reliably predict in which periods, within the term of a license, the licensee will benefit from the use of our patented inventions.

Licensees that either owe us Current Royalty Payments or have Prepayment balances provide us with quarterly or semi-annual royalty reports that summarize their sales of covered products and their related royalty obligations to us. We typically receive these royalty reports subsequent to the period in which our licensees’ underlying sales occurred. Consideration for Prior Sales, the exhaustion of Prepayments and Current Royalty Payments are often calculated based on related per-unit sales of covered products. In third quarter 2004, we transitioned our recognition of these per-unit royalties to recognize the revenue in the period in which we receive royalty reports from licensees, rather than in the period in which our licensees’ underlying sales occur.

The transition was necessary because we could no longer both wait to receive royalty reports from our licensees and file our financial statements on a timely basis. Without royalty reports, our visibility into our licensees sales is very limited because we are not involved in the supply or sale of their products and industry analysts do not provide information detailed or timely enough to give us sufficient visibility to make reasonably accurate estimates for our most significant licensees. As such, it is unlikely that we could arrive at estimates for our most significant licensees that are objective and supportable.

Previously, we recognized revenue related to per-unit sales of covered products in the period the sales occurred. When we did not receive the royalty reports prior to the issuance of our financial statements, we accrued the related royalty revenue if reasonable estimates could be made. Such estimates, which were limited to a small number of licensees and never exceeded 5% of our revenue in any period presented, were based on the historical royalty data of the licensees involved, currently available third party forecasts of royalty related product sales in the applicable market and, if available, information provided by the licensee. When our licensees formally reported royalties for which we had previously accrued revenues based on estimates, or when they reported updates to prior royalty reports, we adjusted revenue in the period in which the final reports were received. In cases where we receive objective, verifiable evidence that a licensee has discontinued sales of covered products, we recognize any remaining deferred revenue balance related to unexhausted Prepayments in the period that we receive such evidence.

Software and Service Revenues

Software license revenues are recognized in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2 “Software Revenue Recognition” and SOP 98-9 “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition”. When the arrangement with the customer includes significant production, modification or customization of the software, the Company uses contract accounting, as required by SOP 97-2. For those arrangements accounted for under SOP 81-1 “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts”, the Company uses the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, revenue and profit are recognized throughout the term of the contract, based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated contract costs. Changes in estimates for revenues, costs and profits are recognized in the period in which they are determinable. When such estimates indicate that costs will exceed future revenues and a loss on the contract exists, a provision for the entire loss is recognized at that time.

We recognize revenues associated with service arrangements that are outside the scope of SOP 81-1 on a straight-line basis under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 “Revenue Recognition”, unless evidence suggests that the revenue is earned or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern, over the contractual term of the arrangement or the expected period during which those specified services will be performed, whichever is longer. Recently, our service agreements have been long-term in nature and we have recorded revenue from them based on our proportional performance of services rendered. The terms of these arrangements have provided evidence that this approach better reflects the pattern in which the revenue has been earned or the obligations have been fulfilled. When recognizing revenue based on our proportional performance, we measure the progress of our performance based on the relationship between incurred contract costs and total estimated contract costs. Our most significant cost has been labor and we believe labor cost provides a measure of the progress of our services. The effect of changes to total estimated contract costs is recognized in the period such changes are determined. Estimated losses, if any, are recorded when the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

Deferred Charges

31

From time-to-time, we use sales agents to assist us in our licensing activities. We often pay a commission related to successfully negotiated patent license agreements. The commission rate varies from agreement to agreement. Commissions are normally paid shortly after the receipt of cash payments associated with our patent license agreements.

We defer recognition of commission expense related to Prepayments and Paid-up Amounts and amortize these expenses in proportion to our recognition of the related revenue. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, we paid approximately $7.5 million, $2.9 million and $1.2 million of commissions and recognized approximately $3.5 million, $3.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of commission expense as part of patent licensing and administration expense. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had approximately $7.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of deferred commission expense included within prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets.

Compensation

We invest heavily in the development of advanced wireless technology and related products by building and sustaining a highly specialized engineering team. Over each of the last three years, our cost of development has represented roughly one-half of our total operating expenses. The largest portion of our cost of development has been personnel costs. As of December 31, 2004 we employed 209 engineers, of whom 58% hold master’s degrees and 17% hold PhDs.

We use a variety of compensation programs to both attract and retain engineers and other key employees and more closely align employee compensation with Company performance. These programs include, but are not limited to, an annual bonus tied to performance goals, cash awards to inventors for filed patent applications and patent issuances, as well as a long-term compensation program that includes restricted stock units (RSUs) and a performance-based cash incentive component. We accrued $2.9 million and $4.1 million of compensation expense in 2004 related to the performance-based cash incentive and restricted stock units (RSUs), respectively. We amortize the expense associated with our RSUs using an accelerated method. The amount of expense accrued in 2004 related to the performance-based cash incentive was based on our assumption that the Company will meet 100% of its goals under the long-term cash-based incentive. If we had assumed that the Company’s performance will meet 120% of the Company’s associated goals, we would have recorded approximately $1.4 million of additional operating expense. If we had assumed that the Company’s performance will meet 80% of the associated goals, we would have recognized approximately $1.4 million less operating expense in 2004. There is no cash pay-out for performance that falls below 80% of target results. We expect that the expenses associated with the performance-based cash incentive and RSUs will each increase by between $4 million to $5 million in 2005 as we accrue expenses for both the final year of the initial measurement period (April 2004 through December 2005) and begin the first year of the first three year measurement period under our long term compensation programs. However, the amount recorded may change dependant upon our future expectations to attain performance targets.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if management has determined that it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

We recognize deferred tax assets related to deferred revenue for both U.S. Federal Income tax purposes and non-U.S. jurisdictions that assess a source withholding tax on related royalty payments. We expense these deferred tax assets in accordance with FAS 109 as the related temporary differences reverse. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, we paid approximately $3.9 million, $9.5 million and $5.6 million of foreign source withholding tax and recognized approximately $4.5 million, $7.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively, of foreign source withholding tax expense in our income tax provision in accordance with this policy.

Our accumulated tax losses, which include allowable deductions related to exercised employee stock options, generated federal NOL credit carryforwards of approximately $110 million and $123 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These NOL credit carryforwards were the largest component of our deferred tax assets which, before any adjustment for valuation allowance, had tax effected values of $107.6 million and $88.3 million, respectively. Generally accepted accounting principles require that we establish a valuation allowance for any portion of our deferred tax assets for which management believes it is more likely than not that we will be unable to utilize the asset to offset future taxes. At December 31, 2003, we provided a full valuation allowance on all deferred tax assets other than those associated with revenue that was recognized in the computation of our foreign source withholding tax liability but deferred for financial statement purposes. In 2004, we determined that our recent operating performance coupled with our current expectations to generate future taxable income indicated that it was more likely than not that we would utilize a portion of our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, in third quarter 2004, we recognized an increase in the value of our deferred tax assets of approximately $27 million through a partial reversal of the valuation allowance. Of the $27 million benefit, approximately $17 million was recognized as income in our Statement of Operations and approximately $10 million was credited directly to additional paid-in-capital. Our assessment of the value of our deferred tax assets did not take into consideration all potential income sources, such as impacts from litigation or arbitration proceedings.

We will continue to evaluate the potential use of our deferred tax assets and, depending on various factors, could reverse all or a portion of the remaining valuation allowance in the future. We believe that the future utilization of our deferred tax assets, which are

32

currently offset by a valuation allowance, continues to be dependent, in part, upon our success in three key areas, (1) the market acceptance of our technology products, (2) the outcome of outstanding patent license arbitrations and (3) our ability to sign additional patent license agreements. We will continue to provide a valuation allowance on a portion of our deferred tax assets until our success in these or other areas provides evidence that our deferred tax assets will be more fully utilized. Our cash income tax obligations are currently limited to foreign source withholding taxes on patent license royalties, state taxes and the federal alternative minimum tax. However, because we have recognized a portion of our deferred tax assets, we expect to provide for income taxes in 2005 at a rate equal to our combined federal and state effective rates, which would approximate 36% to 38% under current tax laws, respectively, plus an amount for deferred foreign source withholding tax expense which is in part dependent, in part, upon licensee royalty reports. Subsequent revisions to the estimated realizable value of our deferred tax assets could cause our provision for income taxes to vary significantly from period to period, although our cash tax payments would remain unaffected until our NOL credit carryforward is fully utilized or has expired.

SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS AND EVENTS

General Dynamics

In December 2004, we entered into an agreement with General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc. (General Dynamics), to serve as a subcontractor on the Mobile User Objective System (MUOS) program for the U.S. military. MUOS is an advanced tactical terrestrial and satellite communications system utilizing 3G commercial cellular technology to provide significantly improved high data rate and assured communications for U.S. warfighters.

The Software License Agreement requires us to deliver to General Dynamics standards-compliant WCDMA modem technology, originating from the technology developed under our agreement with Infineon, for incorporation into handheld terminals. Under the agreement, we expect to receive $18.5 million for delivery of and a limited license in our commercial technology solution for use within the government’s MUOS and Joint Tactical Radio System programs, maintenance and product training. The agreement also includes options that are exercisable by General Dynamics at various times through March 2006 for additional deliverables for up to $4.0 million. We anticipate that a majority of our MUOS program deliverables and related payments will occur in 2005, excluding the exercise of options for additional deliverables. We will provide maintenance and support to General Dynamics for three years following delivery of the technology. In addition to the deliverables specifically identified in the agreement, we have agreed to provide additional future services as requested by General Dynamics. The contract may be terminated for convenience if the U.S. Government terminates for convenience that portion of the MUOS Program that includes General Dynamics.

We are accounting for the delivery of and limited license in our commercial technology platform under the Software License Agreement using the percentage-of-completion method. This portion of the agreement is valued at $16.5 million. In 2004, we recognized approximately $0.1 million in revenue and at December 31, 2004 our accounts receivable included a related unbilled amount of approximately $0.1 million. In early 2005, we completed the first milestones under the agreement and have received $1.2 million in related payments. Subsequent to our delivery of our commercial technology platform, we will provide General Dynamics with support for a period of three years. This portion of the contract is valued at $2 million and revenue related to this portion will be recognized evenly over the period of support.

Repositioning

In second quarter 2004, we reduced our headcount by 25 employees as part of a plan to strategically reposition the Company. We recorded a charge of approximately $0.6 million in second quarter 2004 associated with this repositioning. The charge was comprised primarily of severance and other cash benefits associated with the workforce reduction. During the balance of 2004, we adjusted our repositioning charge by less than $0.1 million and paid off all liabilities associated with this restructuring. At December 31, 2004 we believe that our financial obligations associated with this repositioning are substantially complete and do not expect to report further costs associated with the repositioning.

33

New Accounting Standard

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123(R) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. The cost will be measured based on the fair value of the instruments issued. SFAS No. 123(R) covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including share options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights and employee share purchase plans. SFAS No. 123(R) replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. As originally issued in 1995, SFAS No. 123 established as preferable the fair-value-based method of accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees. However, that Statement permitted entities the option of continuing to apply the guidance in Opinion 25, as long as the footnotes to financial statements disclosed what net income would have been had the preferable fair-value-based method been used. We will be required to apply SFAS No. 123(R) as of the first interim reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005, and we plan to adopt it using the modified-prospective method, effective July 1, 2005. We are currently evaluating the effect SFAS No. 123(R) will have on our results. Based on our preliminarily analysis, we expect to incur between $1 million and $2 million in additional compensation expense from stock options during the period July 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005 as a result of this new accounting standard.

LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Nokia

Nokia Arbitration

In July 2003, Nokia requested arbitration regarding Nokia’s royalty payment obligations for its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products under the existing patent license agreement with InterDigital Technology Corporation (ITC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of InterDigital Communications Corporation (Nokia Arbitration). Pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of the patent license agreement, the arbitration is being conducted in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC).

The binding arbitration relates to ITC’s claim that the patent license agreements ITC signed with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson in March 2003 defined the financial terms under which Nokia would be required to pay royalties on its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products commencing January 1, 2002. Nokia is seeking a determination that its obligation under our existing patent license agreement is not defined by our patent license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or has been discharged. Nokia also is seeking a ruling that no royalty rate for its sales after January 1, 2002 can be determined by the arbitration panel (“Nokia Tribunal”) until certain contractual conditions precedent have been satisfied. Nokia has additionally claimed that, in any event, the Nokia Tribunal cannot award money damages. ITC filed an Answer to Nokia’s Request for Arbitration arguing that the patent license agreements signed with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson in March 2003 defined the financial terms under which Nokia would be required to pay royalties on its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products commencing January 1, 2002, that Nokia’s duty to pay these royalties has not been discharged, and that the documents sought by Nokia are not relevant to the royalty determination. ITC also counterclaimed for an arbitration decision requiring that Nokia pay us royalties on equivalent terms and conditions as those set forth in the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson patent license agreements for the period January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2006, and a determination of the amount of the royalty and payment terms. During fourth quarter 2003, Nokia filed a Reply contesting our claims and included additional claims and defenses relating to the validity and infringement of certain of ITC’s patents. Subsequently, Nokia withdrew from the arbitration its claims pertaining to invalidity and non-infringement of those same ITC patents, but maintains that the validity and infringement of those patents is a factor the arbitration panel should consider in the arbitration. We do not believe that the issues of patent validity or infringement are relevant to the arbitrable royalty dispute and have contested Nokia’s position.

The hearing in the Nokia Arbitration was conducted in January 2005 and the Nokia Tribunal has notified the parties that the Nokia Tribunal expects to submit an internal draft Award to the ICC on or before March 31, 2005 (as an approximate date). The ICC has set May 31, 2005 as the last date for rendering a Final Award and the Company anticipates a decision by the ICC on or before such last date absent an earlier resolution by the parties. Any Final Award could be subject to appeal filings on limited bases and enforcement proceedings by the parties.

34

Other Nokia Proceedings

In July 2003, Nokia filed a motion to intervene in the now-settled Ericsson litigation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas and to gain access to documents previously sealed by the Court in the settled litigation. We filed a response opposing the request to intervene and opposing the request for access to the documents. The Court granted Nokia’s motion to intervene in the Ericsson litigation, and provided Nokia with document access on a limited basis. Thereafter, the Nokia Tribunal ordered that certain documents from the Ericsson litigation be produced to Nokia for its use in the Nokia Arbitration, though the Nokia Tribunal made no decision as to whether issues of patent infringement or validity were relevant to the determination of Nokia’s royalty obligation. Nokia subsequently filed a motion to reinstate certain decisions that were vacated in the now-settled Ericsson litigation, which motion was granted by the Court. We have appealed that ruling to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Nokia is contesting our appeal.

In late 2004, Nokia sought to enforce two subpoenas issued by the Nokia Tribunal to Ericsson and Sony Ericsson seeking certain documents. Those enforcement actions were commenced in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of Texas and the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina. Nokia has withdrawn both enforcement actions.

During the Nokia Arbitration, on June 14, 2004 Nokia commenced a patent revocation proceeding in the United Kingdom High Court of Justice, Chancery Division, Patents Court, seeking to have three of ITC’s U.K. patents declared invalid (U.K. Revocation Proceeding). Nokia also seeks a declaration that the manufacture and sale of certain mobile and infrastructure equipment does not infringe these patents, and that the patents are not essential under the applicable standard. ITC is contesting all of these claims, and the trial is scheduled to commence in October 2005.

In connection with the U.K. Revocation Proceeding, in September 2004 Nokia filed an action against Sony Ericsson in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, and an action against Ericsson in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The actions are based upon 28 United States Code Section 1782 which provides for discovery in a United States court for use in a foreign proceeding and addresses jurisdictional, procedural and evidentiary matters associated with such foreign proceeding. In both actions, Nokia sought documents related to the ITC patents and patent licenses. Both the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Texas and the Eastern District of North Carolina have denied Nokia’s motions with respect to any documents not previously produced in the Nokia Arbitration.

During the Nokia Arbitration, in January 2005, Nokia and Nokia, Inc. filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against InterDigital Communications Corporation and ITC for declaratory judgments of patent invalidity and non-infringement of certain claims of certain patents, and violations of the Lanham Act. We have filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

Samsung

In 2002, during an arbitration proceeding, Samsung elected, under its 1996 patent license agreement with ITC (1996 Samsung License Agreement), to have Samsung’s royalty obligations commencing January 1, 2002 for 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE wireless communications products be determined in accordance with the terms of the Nokia patent license agreement, including its MFL provision. By notice in March 2003, ITC notified Samsung that such Samsung obligations had been defined by the relevant licensing terms of ITC’s license agreements with Ericsson (for infrastructure products) and Sony Ericsson (for terminal unit products) as a result of the MFL provision in the Nokia license agreement. In November 2003, Samsung initiated a binding arbitration against the Company and ITC. The arbitration was filed with the ICC. Samsung is seeking to have an ICC arbitration panel determine that Samsung’s obligations under the 1996 Samsung License Agreement are not defined by our license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or, in the alternative, to determine the amount of the appropriate royalty due. ITC has counterclaimed for an arbitration decision requiring that Samsung pay ITC royalties on equivalent terms and conditions as those set forth in the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson patent license agreements for the period January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2006, and determining the amount of the royalty and payment terms. We also seek a declaration that the parties’ rights and obligations are governed by the 1996 Samsung License Agreement, and that the Nokia patent license agreement dictates only Samsung’s royalty obligations and most favored rights for those products licensed under the 1996 Samsung License Agreement. Samsung has replied to ITC’s answer and counterclaim, maintaining Samsung’s position (as set forth in its arbitration demand) and arguing that it has succeeded to all of Nokia’s license rights, including its 3G license. If the arbitration panel were to agree with Samsung’s position, Samsung would be licensed to sell 3G products on the same terms as Nokia. In the alternative, Samsung asserts that its royalty obligations should be governed by the MFL clause in the 1996 Samsung License Agreement. The arbitration panel has informed the Company and Samsung that the evidentiary hearing in this matter is scheduled to commence in June 2005.

35

Lucent

In March 2004, Tantivy Communications, Inc., one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Lucent, a leading manufacturer of cdma2000® equipment. The case is based on our assertions of infringement by Lucent of several of our subsidiary’s patents issued in the United States. The lawsuit seeks damages for past infringement and an injunction against future infringement as well as interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees. Lucent has responded to the lawsuit denying any infringement, and seeking a declaration of non-infringement and that the patents are invalid. Lucent has requested attorneys’ fees and costs. The Court has issued a scheduling order pursuant to which the Markman hearing (for claim construction) is scheduled for May 2005, and the trial is scheduled to commence in September 2005. Pursuant to court order, the parties attended a mediation session in January 2005. The parties are currently in the discovery phase of the litigation.

Federal

In October 2003, Federal Insurance Company (Federal), the insurance carrier for the now-settled litigation involving Ericsson Inc., delivered to us a demand for arbitration under the Pennsylvania Uniform Arbitration Act. Federal claims, based on their determination of expected value to the Company resulting from our settlement involving Ericsson Inc., that an insurance reimbursement agreement requires us to reimburse Federal approximately $28.0 million for attorneys’ fees and expenses it claims were paid by it. On November 4, 2003 the Company filed an action in United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania seeking a declaratory judgment that the reimbursement agreement is void and unenforceable, seeking reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and expenses which have not been reimbursed by Federal and which were paid directly by the Company in connection with the Ericsson Inc. litigation, and seeking damages for Federal’s bad faith and breach of its obligations under the insurance policy. In the alternative, in the event the reimbursement agreement is found to be valid and enforceable, the Company is seeking a declaratory judgment that Federal is entitled to reimbursement based only on certain portions of amounts received by the Company from Ericsson Inc. pursuant to the settlement of the litigation involving Ericsson Inc. Federal has requested the Court to dismiss the action and/or to have the matter referred to arbitration. We have opposed such requests. Prior to Federal’s demand for arbitration, we had accrued a contingent liability of $3.4 million related to the insurance reimbursement agreement. If this matter results in us paying Federal substantially more than the amount accrued, it could have a material impact on our financial results.

36

Other

We have filed patent applications in the United States and in numerous foreign countries. In the ordinary course of business, we currently are, and expect from time to time to be, subject to challenges with respect to the validity of our patents and patent applications. We intend to continue to vigorously defend the validity of our patents and defend against any such challenges. However, if certain key patents are revoked or patent applications are denied, our patent licensing opportunities could be materially and adversely affected.

We and our licensees, in the normal course of business, have disagreements as to the rights and obligations of the parties under the applicable patent license agreement. For example, we could have a disagreement with a licensee as to the amount of reported sales of covered products and royalties owed. Our patent license agreements typically provide for arbitration as the mechanism for resolving disputes. Arbitration proceedings can be resolved through an award rendered by an arbitration panel or through private settlement between the parties. Awards and settlements of arbitration proceedings can be substantial, but are uncertain, unpredictable and often of a non-recurring nature.

In addition to disputes associated with enforcement and licensing activities regarding our intellectual property, including the litigation and other proceedings described above, we are a party to other disputes and legal actions not related to our intellectual property but also arising in the ordinary course of our business.

Based upon information presently available to us, we believe that the ultimate outcome of these other disputes and legal actions will not materially affect us.

FINANCIAL POSITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

In 2004 and 2003, we generated net cash from operating activities of $48.2 million and $59.6 million, respectively. The positive operating cash flow in 2004 arose principally from net receipts of approximately $138.3 million from patent licensing agreements. This included $34.6 million from NEC Corporation of Japan (NEC) associated with our 3G patent license agreement, $27.0 million and $10.0 million from SANYO Electric Co., Ltd (Sanyo) and Toshiba Corporation (Toshiba) relating to their respective 2004 patent license agreements, $23.0 million from Sharp Corporation of Japan (Sharp) related to 2G and 3G patent license agreements, $17.5 million and $11.6 million from Ericsson and Sony Ericsson relating to their respective 2003 patent license agreements, and $14.6 million from other licensees related to their respective patent license agreements. These receipts were partially offset by cash operating expenses (operating expenses less depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of intangible assets and non-cash compensation) of $94.7 million and changes in working capital during 2004. The positive operating cash flow in 2003 arose principally from net receipts of approximately $129.5 million from patent licensing agreements. This included $7.0 million from Ericsson and approximately $34.9 million from Sony Ericsson under the above-noted patent license agreements, $48.4 million from NEC associated with 2G and 3G patent license agreements, $29.3 million from Sharp related to 2G and 3G patent license agreements and $9.9 million from other licensees related to their respective patent license agreements. These receipts were partially offset by cash operating expenses of $74.0 million and changes in working capital during 2003.

We receive cash payments relating to current per-unit royalties. We also receive up-front cash payments for paid-up or prepaid royalties. When we record the receipt or expected receipt of up-front payments, we defer the recognition of the revenue associated with the up-front payments pursuant to our revenue recognition policy as discussed in our Critical Accounting Policies. We have no material obligations associated with such deferred revenue.

Our combined short-term and long-term deferred revenue balances at December 31, 2004 of approximately $99.2 million increased $12.6 million from December 31, 2003. The increase was mainly due to the receipt of approximately $66.2 million in Prepayments and Paid-up Amounts, primarily from new, expanded or amended patent license agreements, including $27.0 million from Sanyo, $17.8 million from Sharp, $10.0 million from Toshiba and $11.4 million from other licensees. These receipts were offset, in part, by current year deferred revenue recognition of approximately $21.7 million related to the amortization of paid-up royalties and approximately $31.9 million from current year per-unit exhaustion of prepaid royalties based upon royalty reports provided by our licensees.

Based on current license agreements, we expect to reduce the December 31, 2004 deferred revenue balance of $99.2 million by $22.8 million in 2005 related to the amortization of paid-up royalties. Additional reductions to deferred revenue will be dependent upon the level of per-unit royalties our licensees report against prepaid balances. In January 2005, we recorded an increase in deferred revenue of $28.0 million related to a new Prepayment from Sony Ericsson under their existing 2G/2.5G agreement.

Net cash flows used in investing activities increased to $48.2 million from $45.3 million in 2003. We purchased $31.3 million and $20.3 million of short-term marketable securities, net of sales, in 2004 and 2003, respectively. This change resulted from the higher level of cash receipts related to patent licensing in 2004, combined with a reduced use of cash in financing activities.

37

Total investments in capital assets of $3.7 million in 2004 remained relatively constant with 2003 levels, while our investment costs associated with patents increased substantially from $9.2 million in 2003 to $13.1 million in 2004. There is often a lag between the filing of initial patent applications and the incurrence of costs to issue the patents both in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions. The increase in patent costs between 2003 and 2004 reflects increased patenting activity we have experienced over the past several years. In 2005, we expect that our purchases of property and equipment will be $5 million to $8 million. We also expect that our capitalized patent costs will be between $12 million to $14 million. In July 2003, we acquired substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Windshift Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Tantivy Communications, Inc., “Windshift”) for approximately $11.9 million, including acquisition-related costs.

Net cash used in financing activities in 2004 decreased $10.5 million to $5.2 million from $15.7 million in 2003. In 2004, we repurchased one million shares of our common stock for a total of $17.1 million compared to repurchase of two million shares of our common stock in 2003 for a total of $34.7 million. We received proceeds from option and warrant exercises of $12.2 million and $19.2 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

In October 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase (Fourth Quarter Repurchase Program) of an additional one million shares of common stock. In March 2005, the Board expanded their authorization under the Fourth Quarter Repurchase Program by one million shares. We initiated share repurchases under this program in early 2005 and have repurchased 500,000 shares for a total of approximately $9 million through March 15, 2005.

We had 7,305,142 and 8,274,270 options outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, that had exercise prices less than the fair market value of the Company’s stock at each balance sheet date. These options would generate $78.9 million and $87.3 million of cash proceeds to the Company if they were fully exercised.

Effective April 1, 2004, we adopted a long-term incentive program applicable to a broad group of managers and executives, representing about one-third of our workforce. The program includes a cash incentive award tied to long-term company performance goals and a grant of restricted stock units (RSUs) that vest over time. Under this program, we substantially reduced the use of stock option grants as an equity incentive for these employees. Over the remaining three quarters of 2004, we recognized approximately $2.9 million and $4.1 million of compensation expense related to the cash-based incentive and RSUs, respectively.

As of December 31, 2004, we had $131.8 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, compared to $105.9 million at December 31, 2003. Our working capital (adjusted to exclude cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, current maturities of debt and current deferred revenue) decreased to $3.3 million at December 31, 2004 from $29.0 million at December 31, 2003. This $25.7 million decrease is primarily due to a $26.2 million reduction in accounts receivable resulting from our third quarter 2004 transition in reporting per-unit royalty revenue. As a result of this transition, we book per-unit royalties in the period we receive the related royalty reports. Because we typically receive cash payments from current royalties in the same quarter we receive the related reports, we now collect most receivables in the same period we book the related revenue.

In first quarter 2005, we acquired, for a purchase price of $8.0 million, selected patents, intellectual property blocks and related assets from an unrelated third party, the function of which are aimed at improving the range, throughput and reliability of wireless LAN and other wireless technology systems.

Consistent with our strategy to focus our resources on the development and commercialization of advanced wireless technology products, we expect to see modest growth in operating cash needs related to planned staffing levels and continued investments in enabling capital assets in 2005. We are capable of supporting these and other operating cash requirements for the near future, as well as our Fourth Quarter Repurchase Program and our first quarter 2005 purchase of patents, intellectual property blocks and related assets, through cash and short-term investments on hand, as well as other internally generated funds such as patent license royalty payments. We do not expect that any resolution of the Federal litigation matter will prevent us from supporting our operating requirements for the near future. At present, we do not anticipate the need to seek additional financing through either bank facilities or the sale of debt or equity securities. However, we may seek to establish a bank facility to provide additional flexibility in managing our business.

At December 31, 2004, we did not have any significant purchase obligations outside the course of our ordinary business. Following is a summary of our consolidated debt and lease obligations at December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

Obligation	Total		1-3 Years		4-5 Years		Thereafter
Debt	$	1,884	$	681	$	469	$	734
Operating leases		5,317		5,317		—		—
Total debt and operating lease obligations	$	7,201	$	5,998	$	469	$	734

38

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2004 Compared With 2003

Revenues

Revenues in 2004 were $103.7 million compared with $114.6 million in 2003.

In third quarter 2004, we transitioned to reporting per-unit royalties in the period in which we receive our licensees’ royalty reports rather than in the period in which our licensees’ underlying sales of covered product occur. Consequently, our results for 2004 include only three quarters of per-unit royalties compared to four quarters in 2003. The decrease in 2004 revenues was due to the absence of per-unit royalties in third quarter 2004 associated with the transition in reporting per-unit royalties.

Notwithstanding the effect of the transition on 2004 revenues, recurring patent license royalties (which include both fixed and amortized amounts, as well as per-unit royalties reported to the Company) increased from $92.9 million in 2003 to $101.6 million in 2004. This included $28.5 million related to four quarters of fixed and amortized amounts, as well as $73.1 million associated with three quarters of per-unit royalties. Royalties from NEC (43%), Sharp (24%) and Sony Ericsson (12%) collectively contributed 79% of our recurring patent license royalty revenue in 2004. The $8.7 million increase in recurring patent license royalty revenue from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to an increase in royalties from NEC offset by the effect of the absence of reporting per-unit royalties for one quarter in 2004.

In 2004, we recorded non-recurring revenue of $1.4 million related to past infringement from a number of new licensees signed in 2004 and $0.4 million associated with the remaining deferred revenue balance of a licensee that has discontinued sales of covered products. We also recorded approximately $0.1 million in revenues related to our Software License Agreement with General Dynamics. In 2003, we recorded $20.6 of non-recurring royalty revenue primarily associated with Sony Ericsson’s pre-2003 handset sales. In 2003, we also recorded $1.1 million of revenue related to specialized engineering service revenue.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased 29% from $85.0 million in 2003 to $110.0 million in 2004. The increase in our operating expenses reflects both our strong commitment to investing in the development of advanced wireless technology product solutions and legal costs associated with arbitration and litigation proceedings with Nokia, Samsung and Lucent. The $25.0 million increase in operating expenses was primarily due to increases in personnel costs ($13.1 million), legal fees ($11.3 million), patent amortization ($1.1 million) and insurance premiums ($0.8 million) and is partly offset by savings in other areas. Approximately 73% and 13%, respectively, of the increase in personnel costs was due to company-wide compensation initiatives instituted in first half 2004 and the addition of our Melbourne, Florida design center. The remaining increase in personnel costs was primarily due to severance associated with our second quarter repositioning and expanded training and development programs.

Development expenses increased 11% in 2004 to $51.2 million from $45.9 million in 2003. The increase resulted from a $6.6 million increase in salaries and benefits primarily associated with compensation initiatives instituted in first half 2004 offset, in part, by a decrease of $0.8 million in each of consulting fees and depreciation of fixed assets.

Sales and marketing expenses of $6.2 million in 2004 increased 26% from $4.9 million in 2003 primarily due to a $1.9 million increase in salaries and benefits offset, in part, by decreased consulting costs.

General and administrative expenses in 2004 increased 19% to $21.6 million from $18.2 million in 2003. Increased personnel costs accounted for 70% of this increase with the balance of the increase due to public entity costs including audit fees and insurance premiums.

Patents administration and licensing expenses increased 90% in 2004 to $30.3 million from $16.0 million in 2003. Nearly 82% of this increase was due to higher patent enforcement costs related to our respective arbitrations with Nokia and Samsung and our litigation with Lucent.

Other Income, Interest Income and Interest Expense

In 2003, we recognized $14.0 million from the settlement of our litigation with Ericsson, net of an estimated $3.4 million associated with a claim under an insurance reimbursement agreement, as other income. The $3.4 million represents a loss contingency associated with our insurance reimbursement agreement with Federal.

Net interest income of $1.7 million in 2004 remained relatively level with 2003.

39

Income Taxes

Our income tax provision in 2004 included a benefit of approximately $17.1 million related to the recognition of an increase in the value of our deferred tax assets and was offset in part by approximately $7.8 million of federal income tax and alternative minimum tax and approximately $4.6 million of foreign source withholding tax. Our income tax provision in 2003 consisted primarily of foreign source withholding taxes associated with patent licensing royalties, principally from Japan. The decrease in our foreign source withholding tax expense from 2003 to 2004 resulted primarily from a July 2004 tax treaty between the U.S. and Japan that eliminates the foreign source withholding tax requirements between these countries, provided certain conditions defined in the treaty are met.

2003 Compared With 2002

Revenues

Revenues in 2003 increased 30% to $114.6 million from $87.9 million in 2002. Patent license royalty revenue in 2003 was $113.5 million compared to $83.4 million in 2002. Specialized engineering service revenue was $1.1 million in 2003 compared to $4.5 million in 2002.

Revenues in 2003 included $20.3 million and $0.3 million of royalties from Sony Ericsson and other licensees, respectively, related to sales from periods prior to the effective dates of their respective agreements. Revenues in 2002 included nearly $8.0 million of royalty revenue associated with NEC’s pre-2002 3G sales, and the recognition of $16.5 million of deferred revenue associated with non-refundable and non-transferable patent license Prepayments previously received from Kyocera Corporation and Denso Corporation that had discontinued sales of covered products.

Recurring patent license royalty revenue increased 58% to $92.9 million from $58.9 million in 2002. Royalties from NEC (36%), Sharp (31%) and Sony Ericsson (14%) collectively contributed to 81% of our recurring patent license royalty revenue in 2003. The increase in recurring patent license royalty revenue from 2002 to 2003 was due to $18.7 million of recurring royalties related to 2003 patent license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson and increases in recurring royalties from NEC, Sharp and other licensees of $10.6 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Royalties from NEC increased due to NEC’s higher sales of infrastructure and handsets into the emerging 3G market. Royalties from Sharp reflected increased demand for its 2.5G handsets both in Japan and Europe.

In fourth quarter 2003, we completed the final delivery of services required under our WTDD technology development agreement with Nokia, collected the final $1.0 million payment due under this agreement and recognized $1.0 million in related service revenue. In 2002, we recognized $4.5 million of revenue for services performed under this agreement.

Operating Expenses

Development expenses decreased less than 1% in 2003 to $45.9 million from $46.1 million in 2002. The decrease was primarily due to an accrued loss of $1.2 million recorded in 2002 related to our WTDD agreement with Nokia offset, in part, by an increase of approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in costs associated with engineering tools and research and development materials.

Sales and marketing expenses of $4.9 million in 2003 increased 15% from $4.3 million in 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to approximately equal increases in costs related to trade shows and market research activities. In 2003, we participated in an additional trade show and also increased our market research efforts to support strategic planning activities.

General and administrative expenses in 2003 increased 19% to $18.2 million from $15.2 million in 2002. Increases in public entity costs, including a $1.5 million increase in our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums, were the primary contributors to this increase. We also incurred approximately $0.9 million of costs in second half 2003 related to an update of our strategic plan.

Patents administration and licensing expenses increased 22% in 2003 to $16.0 million from $13.1 million in 2002 due largely to a $1.1 million increase in amortization expense, resulting from an increase in the number of patents and related prosecution costs over the past couple years, a $0.8 million increase in legal fees and a $0.8 million increase in commission expense related to higher patent licensing royalty revenue.

Other Income, Interest Income and Interest Expense

In 2003, we recognized $14.0 million from the settlement of our litigation with Ericsson, net of an estimated $3.4 million associated with a claim under an insurance reimbursement agreement, as other income. The $3.4 million represents a loss contingency associated with our insurance reimbursement agreement with Federal.

40

Interest income of $1.8 million in 2003 decreased 20% from $2.3 million in 2002 primarily due to lower yields available in 2003 compared to 2002.

Income Taxes

Tax expense decreased $1.4 million in 2003 to $7.3 million from $8.7 million in 2002, due primarily to a decrease in the level of royalty revenue subject to non-US withholding tax. The income tax provision in both 2003 and 2002 consisted primarily of withholding taxes associated with patent licensing royalties, principally from Japan.

Expected Trends

In first quarter 2005, we expect to report revenue from current licensees of just over $30 million. In addition, we expect to recognize revenue associated with our agreement with General Dynamics in the range of $1.5 to $2.5 million. We also anticipate that our first quarter 2005 operating expenses will grow sequentially 13% to 17% due to long-term compensation program expenses, normal wage inflation and investment in marketing, technology and product development in response to expanding market opportunities. We also project that our book tax rate for first quarter 2005 will approximate 34% to 38%, plus an amount for deferred foreign source withholding tax expense, which is in part dependent on the level of per-unit royalties. Cash taxes paid in first quarter 2005 should be minimal.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

  Cash Equivalents and Investments

We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place our investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. This policy also limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer, and type of instrument. We do not expect any material loss with respect to our investment portfolio.

The following table provides information about our cash and investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004. For investment securities, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average contractual interest rates by expected maturity dates. All investment securities are held as available for sale.

(in thousands)
Cash and demand deposits	$	15,737
Average interest rate			0	%
Cash equivalents	$	—
Average interest rate			0	%
Short-term investments	$	116,081
Average interest rate			2.64	%
Total portfolio	$	131,818
Average interest rate			2.33	%

Long-Term Debt

The table below sets forth information about our long-term debt obligation, by expected maturity dates.

	Expected Maturity Date December 31, (In thousands)
	2005			2006			2007			2008			2009			2010 and Beyond			Total Fair Value
Debt Obligation	$	212		$	229		$	240		$	225		$	244		$	734		$	1,884
Interest Rate		8.21	%		8.19	%		8.18	%		8.28	%		8.28	%		8.28	%		8.23	%

41

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

	PAGE NUMBER
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	43
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003	44
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	45
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for each of the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	46
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	47
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	48

All other schedules are omitted because they are either not required or applicable or equivalent information has been included in the financial statements and notes thereto.

42

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Interdigital Communications Corporation:

We have completed an integrated audit of Interdigital Communications Corporation’s 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Interdigital Communications Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December their 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing in Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 30, 2005

43

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	DECEMBER 31, 2004			DECEMBER 31, 2003
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	15,737		$	20,877
Short-term investments		116,081			85,050
Accounts receivable		11,612			37,839
Deferred tax assets		5,170			1,754
Prepaid and other current assets		8,017			6,874
Total current assets		156,617			152,394
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET		10,716			12,137
PATENTS, NET		40,972			32,246
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS		27,164			5,160
OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS		6,451			3,228
		85,303			52,771
TOTAL ASSETS	$	241,920		$	205,165
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt	$	212		$	193
Accounts payable		6,758			6,435
Accrued compensation and related expenses		9,264			7,569
Deferred revenue		28,075			22,381
Foreign and domestic taxes payable		379			1,259
Other accrued expenses		5,145			2,232
Total current liabilities		49,833			40,069
LONG-TERM DEBT		1,672			1,777
LONG-TERM DEFERRED REVENUE		71,121			64,214
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES		3,635			1,620
TOTAL LIABILITIES		126,261			107,680
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTES 7 AND 8)
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, 14,399 shares authorized- $2.50 Cumulative Convertible Preferred, 0 and 53 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation value of $0 and 1,319		—			5
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 59,662 and 58,202 shares issued and 55,156 and 54,702 shares issued and outstanding		597			585
Additional paid-in capital		342,751			305,262
Accumulated deficit		(164,524	)		(164,613	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(66	)		(270	)
Unearned compensation		(3,276	)		(722	)
		175,482			140,247
Treasury stock, 4,506 and 3,500 shares of common held at cost		59,823			42,762
Total shareholders’ equity		115,659			97,485
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	241,920		$	205,165

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

44

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
	2004			2003			2002
REVENUES:
Licensing and alliance	$	103,685		$	114,574		$	87,895
OPERATING EXPENSES
Sales and marketing		6,201			4,919			4,286
General and administrative		21,622			18,183			15,227
Patents administration and licensing		30,340			15,995			13,074
Development		51,218			45,936			46,068
Repositioning		596			—			—
		109,977			85,033			78,655
(Loss) income from operations		(6,292	)		29,541			9,240
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Other income, net		—			10,580			—
Interest income		2,006			1,828			2,276
Interest and financing expenses		(263	)		(215	)		(257	)
(Loss) income before income taxes		(4,549	)		41,734			11,259
INCOME TAX BENEFIT (PROVISION)		4,704			(7,269	)		(8,748	)
Net income		155			34,465			2,511
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS		(66	)		(133	)		(136	)
Net income applicable to common shareholders	$	89		$	34,332		$	2,375
NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE - BASIC	$	0.00		$	0.62		$	0.04
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING - BASIC		55,264			55,271			52,981
NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE - DILUTED	$	0.00		$	0.58		$	0.04
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING - DILUTED		59,075			59,691			56,099

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except per share data)

	$2.50 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock			Common Stock		Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumu- lated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Unearned Compensation			Treasury Stock			Total Share- holder’s Equity			Total Compre- hensive Income (Loss)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2001		5			544		271,461			(201,320	)		221			(2,564	)		(8,073	)		60,274
Net income		—			—		—			2,511			—			—			—			2,511		$	2,511
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on Short-term investments		—			—		—			—			(11	)		—			—			(11	)		(11	)
Total Comprehensive Income																								$	2,500
Exercise of Common Stock options		—			7		5,865			—			—			—			—			5,872
Exercise of Common Stock warrants		—			9		4,731			—			—			—			—			4,740
Dividend of Common Stock and cash to $2.50 Preferred shareholders		—			—		44			(136	)		—			—			—			(92	)
Sale of Common Stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—			2		1,253			—			—			—			—			1,255
Issuance of Common Stock options to a non-employee		—			—		37			—			—			—			—			37
Issuance of Restricted Common Stock		—			1		1,044			—			—			(635	)		—			410
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options		—			—		1,434			—			—			—			—			1,434
Amortization of unearned compensation		—			—		—			—			—			2,361			—			2,361
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2002		5			563		285,869			(198,945	)		210			(838	)		(8,073	)		78,791
Net income		—			—		—			34,465			—			—			—			34,465		$	34,465
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on Short-term investments		—			—		—			—			(480	)		—			—			(480	)		(480	)
Total Comprehensive Income																								$	33,985
Exercise of Common Stock options		—			19		17,490			—			—			—			—			17,509
Exercise of Common Stock warrants		—			—		19			—			—			—			—			19
Dividend of Common Stock and cash to $2.50 Preferred shareholders		—			—		56			(133	)		—			—			—			(77	)
Sale of Common Stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—			2		1,716			—			—			—			—			1,718
Issuance of Restricted Common Stock		—			1		1,228			—			—			(840	)		—			389
Reduction of tax benefit from exercise of stock options		—			—		(1,116	)		—			—			—			—			(1,116	)
Amortization of unearned compensation		—			—		—			—			—			956			—			956
Repurchase of Common Stock		—			—		—			—			—			—			(34,689	)		(34,689	)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2003		5			585		305,262			(164,613	)		(270	)		(722	)		(42,762	)		97,485
Net income		—			—		—			155			—			—			—			155		$	155
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on Short-term investments		—			—		—			—			204			—			—			204			204
Total Comprehensive Income																								$	359
Exercise of Common Stock options		—			10		10,349			—			—			—			—			10,359
Exercise of Common Stock warrants		—			—		583			—			—			—			—			583
Dividend of Common Stock and cash to $2.50 Preferred shareholders		—			—		29			(66	)		—			—			—			(37	)
Conversion of $2.50 Preferred Stock to Common Stock and redemptions		(5	)		1		(47	)		—			—			—			—			(51	)
Sale of Common Stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—			1		1,211			—			—			—			—			1,212
Issuance of Restricted Common Stock		—			—		8,086			—			—			(7,636	)		—			450
Partial reversal of Valuation Allowance		—			—		9,789			—			—			—			—			9,789
Recognition of Deferred Tax Benefits		—			—		7,489			—			—			—			—			7,489
Amortization of unearned compensation		—			—		—			—			—			5,082			—			5,082
Repurchase of Common Stock		—			—		—			—			—			—			(17,061	)		(17,061	)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2004	$	—		$	597	$	342,751		$	(164,524	)	$	(66	)	$	(3,276	)	$	(59,823	)	$	115,659

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

46

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
	2004			2003			2002
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	155		$	34,465		$	2,511
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		9,707			9,735			9,268
Deferred revenue recognized		(53,601	)		(61,563	)		(54,738	)
Increase in deferred revenue		66,202			57,488			72,500
Non-cash compensation		5,532			1,345			2,771
Recognition of deferred income tax benefits		(17,064	)		—			—
Tax benefit from stock options		7,489			—			—
Other		41			325			53
Decrease (increase) in assets:
Receivables		26,227			15,647			(39,007	)
Deferred charges		(2,598	)		3,401			(805	)
Other current assets		74			(839	)		(1,030	)
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accounts payable		323			1,023			550
Accrued compensation		4,655			1,683			(99	)
Other accrued expenses		1,088			(3,149	)		5,800
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities		48,230			59,561			(2,226	)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of short-term investments		(199,127	)		(144,445	)		(124,466	)
Sales of short-term investments		167,850			124,144			131,697
Purchases of property and equipment		(3,746	)		(3,926	)		(6,519	)
Capitalized patent costs		(13,153	)		(9,209	)		(5,475	)
Acquisition of assets		—			(10,430	)		—
Increase in notes receivable		—			(1,446	)		—
Net cash used in investing activities		(48,176	)		(45,312	)		(4,763	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants and employee stock purchase plan		12,154			19,246			11,904
Payments on long-term debt, including capital lease obligations		(199	)		(189	)		(378	)
Dividends on preferred stock		(37	)		(77	)		(92	)
Repurchase of preferred stock		(51	)		—			—
Repurchase of common stock		(17,061	)		(34,689	)		—
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities		(5,194	)		(15,709	)		11,434
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(5,140	)		(1,460	)		4,445
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD		20,877			22,337			17,892
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD	$	15,737		$	20,877		$	22,337
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid	$	160		$	187		$	229
Income taxes paid, including foreign withholding taxes	$	4,187		$	9,537		$	5,592
Non-cash investing and financing activities
Issuance of restricted common stock	$	450		$	389		$	410
Accrued purchase of patent rights	$	—		$	—		$	450
Cancellation of note receivable related to acquisition of assets	$	—		$	1,446		$	—
Leased asset additions and related obligation	$	113		$	—		$	195
Non-cash dividends on preferred stock	$	29		$	56		$	44

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2004

1. BACKGROUND

InterDigital Communications Corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries referred to as “InterDigital,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our”) designs and develops advanced wireless technology solutions. We are developing technologies that may be utilized to extend the life of the current generation of products, may be applicable to multiple generational standards such as 2G, 2.5G and 3G cellular standards, as well as IEEE 802 wireless standards, and may have applicability across multiple air interfaces. In conjunction with our technology development, we have assembled an extensive body of technical know-how, related intangible products and a broad patent portfolio. We offer our solutions for license or sale to semiconductor companies and producers of wireless equipment and components.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with initial maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management determines the appropriate classification of our investments at the time of acquisition and reevaluates such determination at each balance sheet date. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, all of our short-term investments were classified as available-for-sale and carried at amortized cost, which approximates market value. We determine the cost of securities by specific identification and report unrealized gains and losses on our available-for-sale securities as a separate component of equity, net of any related tax effect. Net unrealized losses on short-term investments were less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2004 and $0.3 million at December 31, 2003. Realized gains and losses for 2004, 2003 and 2002 were as follows (in thousands):

Year	Gains		Losses			Net
2004	$	34	$	(55	)	$	(21	)
2003	$	64	$	(322	)	$	(258	)
2002	$	12	$	(144	)	$	(132	)

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2004		2003
Money market funds and demand accounts	$	15,456	$	20,868
Repurchase agreements		281		9
	$	15,737	$	20,877

Our repurchase agreements are fully collateralized by United States Government securities and are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value.

48

Short-term investments as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2004		2003
US Government agency instruments	$	66,058	$	53,804
Corporate bonds		50,023		31,246
	$	116,081	$	85,050

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, $104.2 million and $73.2 million, respectively, of our short-term investments had contractual maturities within one year. The remaining portions of our short-term investments had contractual maturities within two to five years.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment are provided using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives for computer equipment, machinery and equipment, and furniture and fixtures are generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are being amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or their respective lease terms, which are generally five to ten years. Buildings are being depreciated over twenty-five years. Expenditures for major improvements and betterments are capitalized while minor repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Internal-Use Software Costs

Under the provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal-Use,” we capitalize costs associated with software for internal-use. All computer software costs capitalized to date relate to the purchase, development and implementation of engineering, accounting and other enterprise software. Capitalization begins when the preliminary project stage is complete and ceases when the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose. Capitalized computer software costs are amortized over their estimated useful life of three years. Amortization expense of these costs was $2.0 million, $2.7 million and $2.6 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Accumulated amortization related to these costs was $11.8 million and $9.9 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Patents

We capitalize external costs, such as filing fees and associated attorney fees, incurred to obtain issued patents and patent license rights. We expense costs associated with maintaining and defending our patents subsequent to their issuance. We amortize capitalized patent costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the patents. Ten years represents our best estimate of the average useful lives of our patents relating to technology developed directly by the Company. The ten year estimated life of internally generated patents is based on our assessment of such factors as the integrated nature of the portfolios being licensed, the overall makeup of the portfolio over time and the term(s) of license agreements for such patents. The estimated useful lives of acquired patents and patent rights, however, will be based on analysis related to each acquisition and may differ from the estimated useful lives of patents obtained directly by the Company. We assess the potential impairment to all capitalized net patent costs when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these patents may not be recovered. Amortization expense was $4.4 million, $3.3 million and $2.2 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we capitalized gross patent costs of $62.5 million and $49.3 million, respectively; such costs were offset by accumulated amortization of $21.5 million and $17.1 million, respectively. The weighted average estimated useful life of our capitalized patent costs at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was 11.2 years and 11.4 years, respectively.

49

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for patents and patent rights as of December 31, 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

2005	$	5,160
2006		4,864
2007		4,282
2008		4,165
2009		4,022

Contingencies:

We recognize contingent assets and liabilities in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 5 Accounting for Contingencies.

Revenue Recognition:

In 2004, we derived revenue principally from patent licensing. The timing of revenue recognition and the amount of revenue actually recognized from each source depends upon a variety of factors, including the specific terms of each agreement and the nature of the deliverables and obligations. Such agreements are often complex and multi-faceted. These agreements can include, without limitation, elements related to the settlement of past patent infringement liabilities, up-front and non-refundable license fees for the use of patents and/or know-how, patent and/or know-how licensing royalties on covered products sold by licensees, cross licensing terms between us and other parties, the compensation structure and ownership of intellectual property rights associated with contractual technology development arrangements, and advanced payments and fees for service arrangements. Due to the combined nature of some agreements and the inherent difficulty in establishing reliable, verifiable and objectively determinable evidence of the fair value of the separate elements of these agreements, the total revenue resulting from such agreements may sometimes be recognized over the combined performance period. In other circumstances, such as those agreements involving consideration for past and expected future patent royalty obligations, the determining factors necessary to allocate revenue across past, current, and future years may be difficult to establish. In such instances, the appropriate recording of revenue between periods may require the use of judgment, after consideration of the particular facts and circumstances. Generally, we will not recognize revenue related to payments that are due greater than twelve months from the balance sheet date. In all cases, revenue is only recognized after all of the following criteria are met: (1) written agreements have been executed; (2) delivery of technology or intellectual property rights has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) fees are fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility of fees is reasonably assured.

Patent License Agreements

Upon signing a patent license agreement, we provide the licensee permission to use our patented inventions in specific applications. We have no material future obligations associated with such licenses, other than, in some instances, to provide such licensees with notification of future license agreements pursuant to most favored licensee rights. Under our patent license agreements, we typically receive one or a combination of the following forms of payment as consideration for permitting our licensees to use our patented inventions in their applications and products:

• Consideration for Prior Sales: Consideration related to a licensee’s product sales from prior periods. Such consideration may result from a negotiated agreement with a licensee that utilized our patented inventions prior to signing a patent license agreement with us or from the resolution of a disagreement or arbitration with a licensee over the specific terms of an existing license agreement. In each of these cases, we record the consideration as revenue. We may also receive consideration from the settlement of patent infringement litigation where there was no prior patent license agreement. We record the consideration related to such litigation as other income.

• Paid-up Amounts: Up-front, non-refundable royalty payments that fulfill the licensee’s obligations to us under a patent license agreement, for the lifetime of the agreement.

• Prepayments: Up-front, non-refundable royalty payments towards a licensee’s future obligations to us related to its expected covered product sales in future periods. Our licensees’ obligations to pay royalties extend beyond the exhaustion of their Prepayment balance. Once a licensee exhausts its Prepayment balance, we may provide them with the opportunity to make another Prepayment toward future sales or it will be required to make Current Royalty Payments.

• Current Royalty Payments: Royalty payments covering a licensee’s obligations to us related to its covered product sales in the current contractual reporting period.

We recognize revenues related to Consideration for Prior Sales when we have obtained a signed agreement, identified a fixed and determinable price and determined that collectibility is reasonably assured. We recognize revenues related to Paid-up

50

Amounts on a straight-line basis over the effective term of the license. We utilize the straight-line method because we have no future obligations under these licenses and we can not reliably predict in which periods, within the term of a license, the licensee will benefit from the use of our patented inventions.

Licensees that either owe us Current Royalty Payments or have Prepayment balances provide us with quarterly or semi-annual royalty reports that summarize their sales of covered products and their related royalty obligations to us. We typically received these royalty reports subsequent to the period in which our licensees’ underlying sales occurred. Consideration for Prior Sales, the exhaustion of Prepayments and Current Royalty Payments are often calculated based on related per-unit sales of covered products. In third quarter 2004, we transitioned our recognition of these per-unit royalties to recognize the revenue in the period when we receive royalty reports from licensees, rather than in the period in which our licensees’ underlying sales occur.

The transition was necessary because we could no longer both wait to receive royalty reports from our licensees and file our financial statements on a timely basis. Without royalty reports, our visibility into our licensees sales is very limited because we are not involved in the supply or sale of their products and industry analysts do not provide information detailed or timely enough to give us sufficient visibility to make reasonably accurate estimates for our most significant licensees. As such, it is unlikely that we could arrive at estimates for our most significant licensees that are objective and supportable.

Previously, we recognized the revenue related to per-unit sales of covered products in the period the sales occurred, and when we did not receive the royalty reports prior to the issuance of our financial statements, we accrued the related royalty revenue if reasonable estimates could be made. Such estimates, which were limited to a small number of licensees’ and never exceeded 5% of our revenue in any period presented, were based on the historical royalty data of the licensees involved, currently available third party forecasts of royalty related product sales in the applicable market and, if available, information provided by the licensee. When our licensees formally reported royalties for which we had previously accrued revenues based on estimates, or when they reported updates to prior royalty reports, we adjusted revenue in the period in which the final reports were received. In cases where we receive objective, verifiable evidence that a licensee has discontinued sales of covered products, we recognize any remaining deferred revenue balance related to unexhausted Prepayments in the period that we receive such evidence.

Software and Service Revenues

Software license revenues are recognized in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position ( SOP ) 97-2 “Software Revenue Recognition” and SOP 98-9 “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition”. When the arrangement with the customer includes significant production, modification or customization of the software, the Company uses contract accounting, as required by SOP 97-2. For those arrangements accounted for under SOP 81-1 “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts”, the Company uses the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, revenue and profit are recognized throughout the term of the contract, based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated contract costs. Changes in estimates for revenues, costs and profits are recognized in the period in which they are determinable. When such estimates indicate that costs will exceed future revenues and a loss on the contract exists, a provision for the entire loss is recognized at that time.

We recognize revenues associated with service arrangements that are outside the scope of SOP 81-1 on a straight-line basis under Staff Accounting Bulletin No 104 “Revenue Recognition”, unless evidence suggests that the revenue is earned or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern, over the contractual term of the arrangement or the expected period during which those specified services will be performed, whichever is longer. Recently, our service agreements have been long-term in nature and we have recorded revenue from them based on our proportional performance of services rendered. The terms of these arrangements have provided evidence that this approach better reflects the pattern in which the revenue has been earned or the obligations have been fulfilled. When recognizing revenue based on our proportional performance, we measure the progress of our performance based on the relationship between incurred contract costs and total estimated contract costs. Our most significant cost has been labor and we believe labor cost provides a measure of the progress of our services. The effect of changes to total estimated contract costs is recognized in the period such changes are determined. Estimated losses, if any, are recorded when the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

Deferred Charges

From time-to-time, we use sales agents to assist us in our licensing activities. We often pay a commission related to successfully negotiated patent license agreements. The commission rate varies from agreement to agreement. Commissions are normally paid shortly after the receipt of cash payments associated with our patent license agreements.

51

We defer recognition of commission expense related to Prepayments and Paid-up Amounts and amortize these expenses in proportion to our recognition of the related revenue. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, we paid approximately $7.5 million, $2.9 million and $1.2 million of commissions and recognized approximately $3.5 million, $3.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of commission expense as part of patent licensing and administration expense. At December 31, 2004 and 2003 we had approximately $7.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of deferred commission expense included within prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets.

Development

All engineering development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred.

Compensation

We use a variety of compensation programs to both attract and retain engineers and other key employees, and more closely align employee compensation with Company performance. These programs include, but are not limited to, an annual bonus tied to performance goals, cash awards to inventors for filed patent applications and patent issuances, as well as, a long-term compensation program that includes restricted stock units (RSUs) and a performance-based cash incentive component. We accrued $2.9 million and $4.1 million of compensation expense in 2004 related to the performance-based cash incentive and RSUs, respectively. We amortize the expense associated with RSUs using an accelerated method.

We account for stock-based employee compensation using the intrinsic value method and provide pro forma disclosures related to our stock-based compensation under the provisions of Statement No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123”. Equity instruments issued to non-employees for services are accounted for at fair value and are marked to market until service is complete. We have not issued warrants or any other equity instruments to non-employees in any period presented and have not recognized any expense for our outstanding warrants in any period presented.

At December 31, 2004, the Company had several stock-based employee compensation plans which are described more fully in Note 11. The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and related interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under those plans have an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation (in thousands, except per share data):

For the Year Ended December 31,	2004			2003			2002
Net income applicable to Common
Shareholders – as reported	$	89		$	34,332		$	2,375
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income		5,532			1,345			2,771
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards		(13,926	)		(13,472	)		(21,764	)
Tax effect (a)		2,854			—			—
Net (loss) income applicable to Common Shareholders – pro forma	$	(5,451	)	$	22,205		$	(16,618	)
Net income (loss) per share – as reported – basic		0.00			0.62			(0.04	)
Net income (loss) per share – as reported – diluted		0.00			0.58			(0.04	)
Net (loss) income per share – pro forma – basic		(0.10	)		0.40			(0.31	)
Net (loss) income per share – pro forma – diluted		(0.10	)		0.37			(0.31	)

(a) In 2004, the pro forma tax effect has been limited to tax effects directly related to additional stock-based compensation expense recognized in the period for pro forma purposes. In our interim report for third quarter 2004 we had included all tax effects associated with recognizing stock-based employee compensation expense using the fair value method. No pro forma tax effect has been recognized for periods prior to 2004 due to the limited amount of federal and state tax expense recognized in such periods.

52

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

For the Year Ended December 31,	2004			2003			2002
Expected option life (in years)		4.8			4.7			4.3
Risk-free interest rate		3.5	%		2.9	%		3.8	%
Volatility		86	%		104	%		72	%
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Weighted average fair value	$	19.59		$	15.99		$	8.51

New Accounting Standard

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123(R) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. The cost will be measured based on the fair value of the instruments issued. SFAS No. 123(R) covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including share options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights and employee share purchase plans. SFAS No. 123(R) replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. As originally issued in 1995, SFAS No. 123 established as preferable the fair-value-based method of accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees. However, that Statement permitted entities the option of continuing to apply the guidance in Opinion 25, as long as the footnotes to financial statements disclosed what net income would have been had the preferable fair-value-based method been used. We will be required to apply SFAS No. 123(R) as of the first interim reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005, and we plan to adopt it using the modified-prospective method, effective July 1, 2005. We are currently evaluating the effect SFAS No. 123(R) will have on our results. Based on our preliminarily analysis, we expect to incur between $1 million and $2 million in additional compensation expense from stock options during the period July 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005 as a result of adopting this new accounting standard.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable. We place our cash equivalents and short-term investments only in highly rated financial instruments and in United States Government instruments.

Our accounts receivable are derived principally from patent license agreements and engineering services. At December 31, 2004, two customers represented 52%, and 36%, respectively, of our accounts receivable balance. At December 31, 2003, three customers represented 46%, 31% and 14%, respectively, of our accounts receivable balance. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers who generally include large, multi-national, wireless telecommunications equipment manufacturers. We believe that the book value of our financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and debt, approximate their fair values.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Pursuant to SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, we evaluate long-lived assets and intangible assets for impairment when factors indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When factors indicate that such assets should be evaluated for possible impairment, we review the realizability of our long-lived assets by analyzing the projected undiscounted cash flows in measuring whether the asset is recoverable. No such adjustments were needed in 2004, 2003 or 2002.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if management has determined that it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

We recognize deferred tax assets related to deferred revenue for both U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes and non-U.S. jurisdictions that assess a source withholding tax on related royalty payments. We expense these deferred tax assets in accordance with FAS 109 as the related temporary differences reverse. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, we paid approximately $3.9 million, $9.5 million and $5.6 million of foreign source withholding tax and recognized approximately $4.5 million, $7.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively, of foreign source withholding tax expense in our income tax provision in accordance with this policy.

53

Net Income Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share (EPS) are calculated by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if options, warrants or other securities with features that could result in the issuance of Common Stock were exercised or converted to Common Stock. The following tables reconcile the numerator and the denominator of the basic and diluted net income per share computation (in thousands, except for per share data):

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004	Income (Numerator)		Shares (Denominator)	Per-Share Amount
Income per Share – Basic:
Income available to common shareholders	$	89	55,264	$	0.00
Dilutive effect of options, warrants and convertible preferred stock		—	3,811		0.00
Income per Share – Diluted:
Income available to common shareholders + dilutive effects of options, warrants and convertible preferred stock	$	89	59,075	$	0.00
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003	Income (Numerator)		Shares (Denominator)	Per-Share Amount
Income per Share – Basic:
Income available to common shareholders	$	34,332	55,271	$	0.62
Dilutive effect of options, warrants and convertible preferred stock		—	4,420		(0.04	)
Income per Share – Diluted:
Income available to common shareholders + dilutive effects of options, warrants and convertible preferred stock	$	34,332	59,691	$	0.58
For the Year Ended December 31, 2002	Income (Numerator)		Shares (Denominator)	Per-Share Amount
Income per Share – Basic:
Income available to common shareholders	$	2,375	52,981	$	0.04
Dilutive effect of options, warrants and convertible preferred stock		—	3,118		0.00
Income per Share – Diluted:
Income available to common shareholders + dilutive effects of options, warrants and convertible preferred stock	$	2,375	56,099	$	0.04

54

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, options and warrants to purchase approximately 1.7 million, 1.1 million and 3.6 million shares, respectively, of Common Stock were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS because the exercise prices of the options were greater than the weighted average market price of our common stock during the respective periods and, therefore, their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

3. GEOGRAPHIC/CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION

We have one reportable segment. Substantially all of our revenue is derived from a limited number of customers based outside of the United States (primarily Japan and Europe). These revenues are paid in U.S. dollars and are not subject to any substantial foreign exchange transaction risk. During 2004, 2003, and 2002, revenue from our Japan-based licensees comprised 77%, 64%, and 94% of total revenues, respectively.

During 2004, 2003, and 2002, the following customers accounted for 10% or more of revenues:

	2004		2003		2002
NEC	43	%	29	%	35	%
Sharp	24	%	25	%	30	%
Sony Ericsson	12	%	29	%	—	%
Denso	—	%	—	%	11	%

4. SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS AND EVENTS

General Dynamics

In December 2004, we entered into an agreement with General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc. (General Dynamics), to serve as a subcontractor on the Mobile User Objective System (MUOS) program for the U.S. military. MUOS is an advanced tactical terrestrial and satellite communications system utilizing 3G commercial cellular technology to provide significantly improved high data rate and assured communications for U.S. warfighters.

The Software License Agreement requires us to deliver to General Dynamics standards-compliant WCMDA modem technology, originating from the technology we developed under our agreement with Infineon, for incorporation into handheld terminals. Under the agreement, we expect to receive $18.5 million for delivery of and a limited license in our commercial technology solution for use within the government’s MUOS and Joint Tactical Radio System programs, maintenance and product training. The agreement also includes

55

options that are exercisable by General Dynamics at various times through March 2006 for additional deliverables for up to $4.0 million. We anticipate that a majority of our MUOS program deliverables and related payments will occur in 2005, excluding the exercise of options for additional deliverables. We will provide maintenance and support to General Dynamics for three years following delivery of the technology. In addition to the deliverables specifically identified in the agreement, we have agreed to provide additional future services as requested by General Dynamics. The contract may be terminated for convenience if the U.S. Government terminates for convenience that portion of the MUOS Program that includes General Dynamics.

We are accounting for the delivery of and limited license in our commercial technology platform under the Software License Agreement using the percentage-of-completion method. This portion of the agreement is valued at $16.5 million. In 2004, we recognized approximately $0.1 million in revenue, and at December 31, 2004 our accounts receivable included a related unbilled amount of appoximately $0.1 million. In early 2005, we completed the first milestones under the agreement and have received $1.2 million in related payments. Subsequent to our delivery of our commercial technology platform, we will provide General Dynamics with support for a period of three years. This portion of the contract is valued at $2 million and revenue related to this portion will be recognized evenly over the period of support.

Repositioning

In second quarter 2004, we reduced our headcount by 25 employees as part of a plan to strategically reposition the Company. We recorded a charge of approximately $0.6 million in second quarter 2004 associated with this repositioning. The charge was comprised primarily of severance and other cash benefits associated with the workforce reduction. During the balance of 2004, we adjusted our repositioning charge by less than $0.1 million and paid off all liabilities associated with this restructuring. At December 31, 2004, we believe that our financial obligations associated with this repositioning are substantially complete and do not expect to report further costs associated with the repositioning.

Acquisition

In July 2003, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the Asset Purchase Agreement) with Windshift Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Tantivy Communications, Inc., “Windshift”), pursuant to which we acquired substantially all the assets of Windshift. Included in the acquisition were patents, patent applications, know-how, and state-of-the-art laboratory facilities related to cdma2000, smart antenna, wireless LAN and other wireless communications technologies. The acquisition included patents and patent applications to which we had previously acquired rights under a patent license agreement with Windshift. We acquired these assets to strengthen our existing cdma2000 patent portfolio and competitive position in that marketplace, broaden our offering to potential licensees and technology partners and eliminate contingent payment obligations we had to Windshift in connection with the license we entered into with them in 2002 regarding the cdma2000-related patents.

The purchase price for the acquisition was $11.5 million, consisting of approximately $10.0 million in cash and the cancellation of approximately $1.5 million in outstanding indebtedness owed to us by Windshift. In addition, under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, Windshift will be entitled to receive, for a period of approximately five years, 1% and 4%, respectively, of amounts we receive from the licensing or sale of smart antenna and 802.11 intellectual property acquired from Windshift (“the Earn-out”). We have not incurred any royalty obligations at this time. In addition to the purchase price, we incurred approximately $0.4 million of acquisition related costs.

We accounted for this asset acquisition under FAS 141 “Business Combinations.” The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired. Additional payments to Windshift under the Earn-out may result in the recognition of goodwill, which would be subject to impairment testing in accordance with SFAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

	(In thousands)
Property and Equipment	$            552
Patents	11,324
Total assets acquired	$        11,876

As indicated in the table above, the majority of the purchase price has been allocated to patents with the remainder allocated to fixed assets. We have estimated the useful life of the acquired patents to be 15 years. We have estimated the useful lives of the acquired fixed assets to be between 3 and 10 years.

In connection with our acquisition, we opened an engineering design center in Melbourne, Florida and hired 10 individuals that were formerly employed by Windshift. Beginning July 31, 2003, we have included the results of the Melbourne design center, amortization of the acquired patents, and depreciation of the acquired fixed assets in our results of operations.

56

The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations is provided for illustrative purposes only and assumes this acquisition of assets occurred as of the beginning of each of the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma combined financial results do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations for future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had the entities been a single entity during these periods.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2003		2002
	(In thousands except per share data)
Pro forma revenue	$	114,574	$	88,220
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	31,651	$	(8,290	)
Diluted net income per share, as reported	$	0.58	$	0.04
Diluted net income (loss) per share, pro forma	$	0.56	$	(0.16	)

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

	December 31,
	2004			2003
	(In thousands)
Land	$	695		$	695
Building and improvements		5,996			5,941
Machinery and equipment		11,754			10,544
Computer equipment		14,287			12,909
Computer software		13,937			12,923
Furniture and fixtures		4,020			3,829
Leasehold improvements		2,312			2,301
		53,001			49,142
Less: Accumulated depreciation		(42,285	)		(37,005	)
	$	10,716		$	12,137

Depreciation expense was $5.3 million, $6.4 million, and $7.0 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

57

6. LONG-TERM DEBT OBLIGATIONS

	December 31,
	2004			2003
	(In thousands)
Mortgage debt	$	1,777		$	1,939
Capital leases		107			31
Total long-term debt obligations		1,884			1,970
Less: Current portion		(212	)		(193	)
	$	1,672		$	1,777

During 1996, we purchased our King of Prussia, Pennsylvania facility for $3.7 million, including cash of $0.9 million and a 16-year mortgage of $2.8 million with interest payable at a rate of 8.28% per annum.

Capital lease obligations are payable in monthly installments at an average rate of 4.50%, through 2007. The net book value of equipment under capitalized lease obligations was $0.1 million at December 31, 2004 and less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2003.

Maturities of principal of the long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

2005	$	212
2006		229
2007		240
2008		225
2009		244
Thereafter		734
	$	1,884

7. COMMITMENTS

Leases

We have entered into various operating lease agreements. Total rent expense, primarily for office space, was $2.7 million, $2.6 million, and $2.4 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Minimum future rental payments for operating leases as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

2005	$	2,636
2006		2,210
2007		471
2008		—
2009		—
Thereafter		—

8. LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Nokia

Nokia Arbitration

In July 2003, Nokia Corporation (Nokia) requested arbitration regarding Nokia’s royalty payment obligations for its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products under the existing patent license agreement with InterDigital Technology Corporation (ITC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of InterDigital Communications Corporation (Nokia Arbitration). Pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of the patent license agreement, the arbitration is being conducted in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC).

58

Pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of the patent license agreement, the arbitration is being conducted in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC).

The binding arbitration relates to ITC’s claim that the patent license agreements ITC signed with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson in March 2003 defined the financial terms under which Nokia would be required to pay royalties on its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products commencing January 1, 2002. Nokia is seeking a determination that its obligation under our existing patent license agreement is not defined by our patent license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or has been discharged. Nokia also is seeking a ruling that no royalty rate for its sales after January 1, 2002 can be determined by the arbitration panel (“Nokia Tribunal”) until certain contractual conditions precedent have been satisfied. Nokia has additionally claimed that, in any event, the Nokia Tribunal cannot award money damages. ITC filed an Answer to Nokia’s Request for Arbitration arguing that the patent license agreements signed with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson in March 2003 defined the financial terms under which Nokia would be required to pay royalties on its worldwide sales of 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE products commencing January 1, 2002, that Nokia’s duty to pay these royalties has not been discharged, and that the documents sought by Nokia are not relevant to the royalty determination. ITC also counterclaimed for an arbitration decision requiring that Nokia pay us royalties on equivalent terms and conditions as those set forth in the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson patent license agreements for the period January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2006, and a determination of the amount of the royalty and payment terms. During fourth quarter 2003, Nokia filed a Reply contesting our claims and included additional claims and defenses relating to the validity and infringement of certain of ITC’s patents. Subsequently, Nokia withdrew from the arbitration its claims pertaining to invalidity and non-infringement of those same ITC patents, but maintains that the validity and infringement of those patents is a factor the arbitration panel should consider in the arbitration. We do not believe that the issues of patent validity or infringement are relevant to the arbitrable royalty dispute and have contested Nokia’s position.

The hearing in the Nokia Arbitration was conducted in January 2005 and the Nokia Tribunal has notified the parties that the Nokia Tribunal expects to submit an internal draft Award to the ICC on or before March 31, 2005 (as an approximate date). The ICC has set May 31, 2005 as the last date for rendering a Final Award and the Company anticipates a decision by the ICC on or before such last date absent an earlier resolution by the parties. Any Final Award could be subject to appeal filings on limited bases and enforcement proceedings by the parties.

Other Nokia Proceedings

In July 2003, Nokia filed a motion to intervene in the now-settled Ericsson litigation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas and to gain access to documents previously sealed by the Court in the settled litigation. We filed a response opposing the request to intervene and opposing the request for access to the documents. The Court granted Nokia’s motion to intervene in the Ericsson litigation, and provided Nokia with document access on a limited basis. Thereafter, the Nokia Tribunal ordered that certain documents from the Ericsson litigation be produced to Nokia for its use in the Nokia Arbitration, though the Nokia Tribunal made no decision as to whether issues of patent infringement or validity were relevant to the determination of Nokia’s royalty obligation. Nokia subsequently filed a motion to reinstate certain decisions that were vacated in the now-settled Ericsson litigation, which motion was granted by the Court. We have appealed that ruling to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Nokia is contesting our appeal.

In late 2004, Nokia sought to enforce two subpoenas issued by the Nokia Tribunal to Ericsson and Sony Ericsson seeking certain documents. Those enforcement actions were commenced in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of Texas and the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina. Nokia has withdrawn both enforcement actions.

During the Nokia Arbitration, on June 14, 2004 Nokia commenced a patent revocation proceeding in the United Kingdom High Court of Justice, Chancery Division, Patents Court, seeking to have three of ITC’s U.K. patents declared invalid (U.K. Revocation Proceeding). Nokia also seeks a declaration that the manufacture and sale of certain mobile and infrastructure equipment does not infringe these patents and that the patents are not essential under the applicable standard. ITC is contesting all of these claims, and the trial is scheduled to commence in October 2005.

In connection with the U.K. Revocation Proceeding, in September 2004 Nokia filed an action against Sony Ericsson in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, and an action against Ericsson in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The actions are based upon 28 United States Code Section 1782 which provides for discovery in a United States court for use in a foreign proceeding and addresses jurisdictional, procedural and evidentiary matters associated with such foreign proceeding. In both actions, Nokia sought documents related to the ITC patents and patent licenses. Both the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Texas and the Eastern District of North Carolina have denied Nokia’s motions with respect to any documents not previously produced in the Nokia Arbitration.

During the Nokia Arbitration, in January 2005, Nokia and Nokia, Inc. filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against InterDigital Communications Corporation and ITC for declaratory judgments of patent invalidity and non-infringement of certain claims of certain patents, and violations of the Lanham Act. We have filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

59

Samsung

In 2002, during an arbitration proceeding, Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (Samsung) elected, under its 1996 patent license agreement with ITC (1996 Samsung License Agreement), to have Samsung’s royalty obligations commencing January 1, 2002 for 2G GSM/TDMA and 2.5G GSM/GPRS/EDGE wireless communications products be determined in accordance with the terms of the Nokia patent license agreement, including its MFL provision. By notice in March 2003, ITC notified Samsung that such Samsung obligations had been defined by the relevant licensing terms of ITC’s license agreements with Ericsson (for infrastructure products) and Sony Ericsson (for terminal unit products) as a result of the MFL provision in the Nokia license agreement. In November 2003, Samsung initiated a binding arbitration against the Company and ITC. The arbitration was filed with the ICC. Samsung is seeking to have an ICC arbitration panel determine that Samsung’s obligations under the 1996 Samsung License Agreement are not defined by our license agreements with Ericsson and Sony Ericsson or, in the alternative, to determine the amount of the appropriate royalty due. ITC has counterclaimed for an arbitration decision requiring that Samsung pay ITC royalties on equivalent terms and conditions as those set forth in the Ericsson and Sony Ericsson patent license agreements for the period January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2006, and determining the amount of the royalty and payment terms. We also seek a declaration that the parties’ rights and obligations are governed by the 1996 Samsung License Agreement, and that the Nokia patent license agreement dictates only Samsung’s royalty obligations and most favored rights for those products licensed under the 1996 Samsung License Agreement. Samsung has replied to ITC’s answer and counterclaim, maintaining Samsung’s position (as set forth in its arbitration demand) and arguing that it has succeeded to all of Nokia’s license rights, including its 3G license. If the arbitration panel were to agree with Samsung’s position, Samsung would be licensed to sell 3G products on the same terms as Nokia. In the alternative, Samsung asserts that its royalty obligations should be governed by the MFL clause in the 1996 Samsung License Agreement. The arbitration panel has informed the Company and Samsung that the evidentiary hearing in this matter is scheduled to commence in June 2005.

Lucent

In March 2004, Tantivy Communications, Inc., one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Lucent Technologies, Inc. (Lucent), a leading manufacturer of cdma2000® equipment. The case is based on our assertions of infringement by Lucent of several of our subsidiary’s patents issued in the United States. The lawsuit seeks damages for past infringement and an injunction against future infringement as well as interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees. Lucent has responded to the lawsuit denying any infringement, and seeking a declaration of non-infringement and that the patents are invalid. Lucent has requested attorneys’ fees and costs. The Court has issued a scheduling order pursuant to which the Markman hearing (for claim construction) is scheduled for May 2005, and the trial is scheduled to commence in September 2005. Pursuant to court order, the parties attended a mediation session in January 2005. The parties are currently in the discovery phase of the litigation.

Federal

In October 2003, Federal Insurance Company (Federal), the insurance carrier for the now-settled litigation involving Ericsson Inc., delivered to us a demand for arbitration under the Pennsylvania Uniform Arbitration Act. Federal claims, based on their determination of expected value to the Company resulting from our settlement involving Ericsson Inc., that an insurance reimbursement agreement requires us to reimburse Federal approximately $28.0 million for attorneys’ fees and expenses it claims were paid by it. On November 4, 2003 the Company filed an action in United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania seeking a declaratory judgment that the reimbursement agreement is void and unenforceable, seeking reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and expenses which have not been reimbursed by Federal and which were paid directly by the Company in connection with the Ericsson Inc. litigation, and seeking damages for Federal’s bad faith and breach of its obligations under the insurance policy. In the alternative, in the event the reimbursement agreement is found to be valid and enforceable, the Company is seeking a declaratory judgment that Federal is entitled to reimbursement based only on certain portions of amounts received by the Company from Ericsson Inc. pursuant to the settlement of the litigation involving Ericsson Inc. Federal has requested the Court to dismiss the action and/or to have the matter referred to arbitration. We have opposed such requests. Prior to Federal’s demand for arbitration, we had accrued a contingent liability of $3.4 million related to the insurance reimbursement agreement. If this matter results in us paying Federal substantially more than the amount accrued, it could have a material impact on our financial results.

60

Other

We have filed patent applications in the United States and in numerous foreign countries. In the ordinary course of business, we currently are, and expect from time to time to be, subject to challenges with respect to the validity of our patents and with respect to our patent applications. We intend to continue to vigorously defend the validity of our patents and defend against any such challenges. However, if certain key patents are revoked or patent applications are denied, our patent licensing opportunities could be materially and adversely affected.

We and our licensees, in the normal course of business, have disagreements as to the rights and obligations of the parties under the applicable patent license agreement. For example, we could have a disagreement with a licensee as to the amount of reported sales of covered products and royalties owed. Our patent license agreements typically provide for arbitration as the mechanism for resolving disputes. Arbitration proceedings can be resolved through an award rendered by an arbitration panel or through private settlement between the parties. Awards and settlements of arbitration proceedings can be substantial, but are uncertain, unpredictable and often of a non-recurring nature.

In addition to disputes associated with enforcement and licensing activities regarding our intellectual property, including the litigation and other proceedings described above, we are a party to other disputes and legal actions not related to our intellectual property but also arising in the ordinary course of our business.

Based upon information presently available to us, we believe that the ultimate outcome of these other disputes and legal actions will not materially affect us.

61

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In 2004 and 2003, we engaged a consulting firm and paid approximately $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for their services. One of our outside directors is Chairman of the Advisory Board to the consulting firm. Our board member did not receive any direct compensation or commissions related to the engagement.

We paid less than $0.1 million to a consultant for services in 2003 prior to his appointment to our Board of Directors in December, 2003.

10. PREFERRED STOCK

During second quarter 2004, our Board of Directors approved the redemption of all shares outstanding of our $2.50 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (Preferred Stock). We issued a redemption notice for 52,762 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding as of June 15, 2004. The holders of the Preferred Stock were entitled to convert their Preferred Stock at any time prior to the July 19, 2004 redemption date at a conversion rate of 2.08 shares of our Common Stock for each share of Preferred Stock. Between the date of our redemption notice and the redemption date, 50,738 shares of Preferred Stock were converted. In early third quarter 2004, we paid approximately $51,000 to fulfill our redemption obligation, the redemption price being $25.00 per share plus accrued dividends, for the remaining 2,024 Preferred Shares.

Prior to the above-noted redemption, the holders of the Preferred Stock were entitled to receive, when and as declared by our Board of Directors, cumulative annual dividends of $2.50 per share payable in cash or Common Stock at the Company’s election (subject to a cash election right of the holder), if legally available. Such dividends were payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1. In the event we failed to pay two consecutive semi-annual dividends within the required time period, penalties, such as adjusted conversion rates, may have been imposed. The Preferred Stock was convertible into Common Stock at any time prior to redemption at a conversion rate of 2.08 shares of Common Stock for each share of preferred. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, we declared and paid dividends on the Preferred Stock of $66,000, $133,000 and $136,000, respectively. These dividends were paid with both cash of $37,000, $77,000 and $92,000 and shares of the Company’s Common Stock of 1,759, 2,593, and 3,113 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

62

Upon any liquidations, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Preferred Stock would have been entitled to receive, from the Company’s assets available for distribution to shareholders, $25 per share plus all dividends accrued, before any distribution was made to shareholders of common stock. After such payments, the holders of the Preferred Stock would not have been entitled to any other payments. The redemption price for each share of the Preferred Stock was $25 per share. The Preferred Stock was redeemable at our option.

The holders of the Preferred Stock did not have any voting rights except on those amendments to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation which would have adversely affected their rights, created any class or series of stock ranking senior to or not at parity with the Preferred Stock, as to either dividend or liquidation rights, or increased the authorized number of shares of any senior stock. In addition, if two or more consecutive semi-annual dividends on the Preferred Stock were not paid by the Company, the holders of the Preferred Stock, separately voting as a class, would have been entitled to elect one additional director of the Company.

11. COMMON STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

Stock Compensation Plans

We have stock-based compensation plans under which, depending on the plan, directors, employees, consultants and advisors can receive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and other stock unit awards.

Common Stock Option Plans

We have granted options under two incentive stock option plans, three non-qualified stock option plans and two plans which provide for grants of both incentive and non-qualified stock options (Pre-existing Plans) to non-employee directors, officers and employees of the Company and other specified groups, depending on the plan. No further grants are allowed under the Pre-existing Plans. In 2000, our shareholders approved the 2000 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (2000 Plan) that allows for the granting of incentive and non-qualified options, as well as other securities. The 2000 Plan authorizes the offer and sale of up to approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock. The Board of Directors or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board determine the number of options to be granted. Under the terms of the 2000 Plan, the option price cannot be less than 100% of fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant.

In 2002, the Board of Directors approved the 2002 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (2002 Plan) that allows for the granting of incentive and non-qualified options, as well as other securities to Company employees who are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Act of 1934 or an “affiliate” for purposes of Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933. The 2002 Plan authorizes the offer and sale of up to 1.5 million shares of common stock. The Board of Directors or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board determine the number of options to be granted. Under the terms of the 2002 Plan, the option price cannot be less than 100% of fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant. In addition, unless otherwise modified, no awards may be granted under the 2002 Plan after the close of business on March 31, 2012.

Under all of these plans, options are generally exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant and may vest on the grant date, another specified date or over a period of time. However, under plans that provide for both incentive and non-qualified stock options, grants most commonly vest in six semi-annual installments.

63

Information with respect to stock options under the above plans is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Available For Grant		Outstanding Options				Weighted Average Exercise Price
			Number		Price Range
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2001	971		10,564		$	0.01-39.00	$	11.67
Granted	(1,056	)	1,056		$	6.32-19.10	$	12.46
Canceled	463		(463	)	$	0.01-39.00	$	13.80
Exercised	—		(695	)	$	0.01-17.13	$	8.45
2002 Plan Authorization	1,500		—
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2002	1,878		10,462		$	0.01-39.00	$	11.86
Granted	(999	)	999		$	13.20-25.85	$	19.05
Canceled	151		(151	)	$	6.50-39.00	$	19.34
Exercised	—		(1,952	)	$	0.01-19.10	$	8.97
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2003	1,030		9,358		$	0.01-39.00	$	13.11
Granted	(390	)	390		$	15.63-27.26	$	22.75
Canceled	245		(245	)	$	6.31-39.00	$	21.42
Exercised	—		(1,030	)	$	14.91-27.74	$	22.25
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2004	885		8,473		$	0.01-39.00	$	13.70

The following table summarizes information regarding the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004 (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

Range of Exercise Prices	Number Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life*	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$    0.01 - 5.25	442	5.15	$	4.74	442	$	4.74
$    5.38 - 5.44	880	2.84		5.43	880		5.43
$    5.50 - 8.25	897	7.35		6.92	858		6.89
$    8.33 - 9.35	271	6.70		8.81	244		8.80
$    9.38 - 9.60	1,071	6.98		9.60	1,060		9.60
$    9.63 - 11.63	1,036	10.94		10.70	968		10.71
$  11.64 - 13.19	967	6.53		12.47	876		12.52
$  13.20 - 17.13	1,021	7.28		15.73	692		15.74
$  17.23 - 24.00	856	8.34		20.06	442		19.84
$  24.30 - 39.00	1,032	5.91		32.85	896		33.99
$    0.01 - 39.00	8,473	6.96	$	13.70	7,358	$	13.20

* We currently have approximately 250,000 options outstanding that have an indefinite contractual life. These options were granted between 1983 and 1986 under a pre-existing plan. For purposes of this table these options were assigned an original life in excess of 50 years. The majority of these options have an exercise price of between $9.63 and $11.63.

64

Common Stock Warrants

As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 80,000 and 192,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $7.63 per share, with weighted average exercise prices of $7.63 and $6.22 per share, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, the warrants outstanding to purchase 80,000 shares of Common Stock are exercisable and will expire in 2006. The exercise price and number of shares of Common Stock to be obtained upon exercise of these warrants are subject to adjustment under conditions specified in the warrant certificate.

Restricted Stock

Under our 1999 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended (1999 Plan), we may issue up to 3.5 million shares of restricted Common Stock and restricted stock units to directors, employees, consultants and advisors. The restrictions on issued shares lapse over periods generally ranging from 1 to 5 years from the date of the grant. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had 1,444,669 and 1,006,491 shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units, respectively, issued under the 1999 Plan. The related compensation expense will be, or has been, amortized over vesting periods that are generally from 1 to 5 years. The balance of unearned compensation at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $3.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

12. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

In December 1996, our Board of Directors (Board) declared a distribution under our Shareholder Rights Plan (Rights Plan) of one Right (as described below) for each outstanding common share of the Company to shareholders of record as of the close of business on January 3, 1997. In addition, any new common shares issued after January 3, 1997 will receive one Right for each common share. The Rights Plan was amended in a number of respects with the latest amendments in March 2000. As amended, each Right entitles shareholders to buy one-thousandth of a share of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Preferred Stock) at a purchase price of $250 per share, subject to adjustment. Ordinarily, the Rights will not be exercisable until (i) 10 business days after the earlier of any of the following events (A) a person, entity or group (other than certain categories of shareholders exempted under the Rights Plan) a Person acquires beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding common shares, or (B) a Person publicly commences a tender or exchange offer for 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding common shares, or (C) a Person publicly announces an intention to acquire control over the Company and proposes in a proxy or consent solicitation to elect such a number of directors, who if elected, would represent a majority of the directors when compared with the Independent Directors (as defined in the Rights Plan) on the Board, or (ii) such later date as may be determined by action of a majority of the Independent Directors prior to the occurrence of any event specified in (i) above (Distribution Date). In general, following the Distribution Date and in the event that the Company enters into a merger or other business combination with an Acquiring Person (as such term is defined in the Rights Plan) and the Company is the surviving entity, each holder of a Right will have the right to receive, upon exercise, units of Preferred Stock (or, in certain circumstances, Company common shares, cash, property, or other securities of the Company) having a value equal to twice the exercise price of the Right, or if the Company is acquired in such a merger or other business combination, each holder of a Right will have the right to receive stock of the Acquiring Person having a value equal to twice the exercise price of the Right. The Company reserves the right to redeem the Rights by majority action of its Independent Directors at any time prior to the date such Rights become exercisable. The Rights Plan will expire on December 31, 2006.

13. TAXES

Income tax expense/(benefit) consists of the following components for 2004, 2003, and 2002:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003			2002
	(In thousands)
Current
Federal	$	7,490		$	(755	)	$	1,834
State		—			—			—
Alternative Minimum Tax receivable (AMT)		391			(793	)		—
Foreign income tax		20			—			—
Foreign source withholding tax		1,309			3,170			2,861
		9,210			1,622			4,695
Deferred
Federal		(18,090	)		3,418			(165	)
State		(2,381	)		(410	)		(4,095	)
Foreign source withholding tax		3,150			4,213			5,487
Reversal of valuation allowance		(17,064	)		—			—
Increase/(decrease) in valuation allowance – federal		18,090			(1,574	)		2,826
Increase in valuation allowance – state		2,381			—			—
		(13,914	)		5,647			4,053
Total	$	(4,704	)	$	7,269		$	8,748

65

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

	2004			2003
	(In thousands)
Depreciation	$	1,079		$	1,143
Patent amortization		2,975			2,093
Other employee benefits		821			561
Other accrued liabilities		1,440			72
Other		38			1,279
Stock compensation		3,788			786
Deferred revenue, net (federal)		42,080			28,922
Deferred revenue (foreign source withholding tax)		5,481			6,914
AMT credit carryforward		1,299			1,711
R&E credits		10,576			2,657
Net operating losses		37,990			42,119
		107,567			88,257
Less: valuation allowance		(75,233	)		(81,343	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	32,334		$	6,914

The following is a reconciliation of income taxes at the federal statutory rate with income taxes recorded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

	2004			2003			2002
	(In thousands)
Tax at U.S. statutory rate	$	(1,430	)	$	14,190		$	3,828
Foreign withholding tax, with no U.S. foreign tax credit		2,943			4,861			5,502
State tax provision		(2,493	)		(410	)		—
Change in federal and state valuation allowance		14,263			(9,814	)		(1,269	)
Reversal of valuation allowance		(17,064	)		—			—
AMT refund receivable		—			(793	)		—
Other		(923	)		(765	)		687
Total tax (benefit) provision	$	(4,704	)	$	7,269		$	8,748

Our accumulated tax losses, which include allowable deductions related to exercised employee stock options, generated NOL credit carryforwards of approximately $110 million and $123 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These NOL credit carryforwards were the largest component of our deferred tax assets which, before any adjustment for valuation allowance, had tax effected values of $107.6 million and $88.3 million, respectively. Generally accepted accounting principles require that we establish a valuation allowance for any portion of our deferred tax assets for which management believes it is more likely than not we will be unable to utilize the asset to offset future taxes. At December 31, 2003, we provided a full valuation allowance on all deferred tax assets other than those associated with revenue that was recognized in the computation of our foreign source withholding tax liability but deferred for financial statement purposes. In 2004, we determined that our recent operating performance coupled with our current expectations to generate future taxable income, indicated that it was more likely than not that we would utilize a portion of our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, in third quarter 2004, we recognized an increase in the value of our deferred tax assets of approximately $27 million through a partial reversal of the valuation allowance. Of the $27 million benefit, approximately $17 million was recognized as income in our Statement of Operations and approximately $10 million was credited directly to additional paid-in capital. Our assessment of the value of our deferred tax assets did not take into consideration all potential income sources, such as impacts from litigation or arbitration proceedings. At December 31, 2004, approximately $89 million of benefits associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options are included in the NOL credit carryforward.

        We will continue to evaluate the potential use of our deferred tax assets and, depending on various factors, could reverse all or a portion of the remaining valuation allowance in the future. We believe that the future utilization of our deferred tax assets, which are currently offset by a valuation allowance, continues to be dependent, in part, upon our success in three key areas (1) the market acceptance of our technology products, (2) the outcome of outstanding patent license arbitrations, and (3) our ability to sign additional patent license agreements. We will continue to provide a valuation allowance on a portion of our deferred tax assets until our success in these or other areas provides evidence that our deferred tax assets will be more fully utilized. Our cash income tax obligations are currently limited to foreign source withholding taxes on patent license royalties, state taxes and the federal alternative minimum tax. Subsequent revisions to the estimated realizable value of our deferred tax assets could cause our provision for income taxes to vary significantly from period to period, although our cash tax payments would remain unaffected until our NOL carryforward is fully utilized or has expired.

Under the Internal Revenue Code Section 382, the utilization of a corporation’s NOL credit carryforwards is limited following a change in ownership (as defined by the Internal Revenue Code) of greater than 50% within a three-year period. If it is determined that prior equity transactions limit the Company’s NOL credit carryforwards, the annual limitation will be determined by multiplying the market value on the date of ownership by the federal long-term tax-exempt rate. Any amount exceeding the annual limitation may be carried forward to future years for the balance of the NOL credit carryforward period.

66

A more-than-50% cumulative change in ownership occurred in 1992. As a result of such change, approximately $20 million of the Company’s NOL credit carryforwards were limited as of December 31, 2004. If the Company experiences an additional more-than-50% cumulative ownership change, the full amount of the NOL credit carryforward may become subject to annual limitation under Section 382. There can be no assurance that the Company will realize the benefit of any NOL credit carryforward.

67

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In first quarter 2005, we acquired, for a purchase price of $8.0 million, selected patents, intellectual property blocks and related assets from an unrelated third party, the function of which are aimed at improving the range, throughput and reliability of wireless LAN and other wireless technology systems.

In October 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase (Fourth Quarter Repurchase Program) of an additional one million shares of common stock. In March 2005, the Board expanded their authorization under the Fourth Quarter Repurchase Program by one million shares. We initiated share repurchases under this program in early 2005 and have repurchased 500,000 shares for a total of approximately $9 million through March 15, 2005.

15. SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS (Unaudited)

The table below presents quarterly data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

Selected Quarterly Results (in thousands, except per share amounts, unaudited)	First		Second		Third			Fourth
2004:
Revenues (a)	$	33,016	$	29,379	$	7,358		$	33,932
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders (b)	$	5,800	$	856	$	(6,403	)	$	(164	)
Net income (loss) per common share – basic	$	0.11	$	0.02	$	(0.12	)	$	—
Net income (loss) per common share – diluted	$	0.10	$	0.01	$	(0.12	)	$	—
2003:
Revenues	$	37,324	$	25,777	$	26,790		$	24,683
Net income applicable to common shareholders (c)	$	26,693	$	3,125	$	3,431		$	1,083
Net income per common share – basic	$	0.49	$	0.06	$	0.06		$	0.02
Net income per common share – diluted	$	0.45	$	0.05	$	0.06		$	0.02

(a) In third quarter 2004, we transitioned to reporting per-unit royalties in the period in which we receive our licensees’ royalty reports rather than in the period in which our licensees’ sales of covered products occur. As a result of this transition, our results for 2004 include only three quarters of per-unit royalties.

(b) Our income tax provision in third quarter 2004 included a benefit of approximately $17 million related to the recognition of an increase in the value of our deferred tax assets.

(c) In first quarter 2003, we recognized, as other income, $14 million from the settlement of our litigation with Ericsson, net of an estimated $3.4 million associated with a claim under an insurance agreement.

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this report, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

68

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

(a) and (b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Management of InterDigital Communications Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

• Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

• Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors of the Company; and

• Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring (including internal auditing practices) and actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified.

Management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2004, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level.

Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears under Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2004 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF INTERDIGITAL

Information concerning directors is incorporated by reference herein from the information following the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS – Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors Three Year Term Expiring at 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders” to, but not including, “Committees and Meetings of the Board of Directors” in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, and which shall be forwarded to shareholders prior to the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (Proxy Statement).

The Company’s Code of Business Conduct Ethics is applicable to all employees of the Company including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the Board of Directors (Code). A copy of the Code is available free of charge on our Internet website at www.interdigital.com. We intend to disclose any amendment to the Code or waiver from a provision of the Code made to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Controller on our website. Information concerning the Company’s Audit Committee and the Company’s Audit Committee financial expert is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement following the caption “Audit Committee Report” to, but not including, “RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM”. In addition, information set forth in the two paragraphs immediately following the caption “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein. Information concerning executive officers appears under the caption “Item 1. Business, Executive Officers” in Part 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information concerning executive compensation required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement following the caption “Executive Compensation” to, but not including, “Shareholder Return Performance Graph” and information in the section “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”. Information concerning director compensation is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement in the section “Compensation of Directors”.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement following the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” to and including all information in the section “Equity Compensation Plan Information”.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

None.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement following the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees”.

69

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements.

The information required by this Item begins on Page 44.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

None.

(3) Exhibits.

See Item 15(b) below.

(b)	Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
	*2.1	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 30, 2003 by and between InterDigital Acquisition Corp. and Tantivy Communications, Inc. (Exhibit 2.1 to InterDigital’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 4, 2003).
	*3.1	Restated Articles of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998).
	*3.2	By-laws, as amended September 30, 2004 (Exhibit 3.3 to InterDigital’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 5, 2004).
	*4.1	Rights Agreement between InterDigital and American Stock Transfer & Trust Co., (“AST”) (Exhibit 4 to InterDigital’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 2, 1997).
	*4.2	Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement between InterDigital and AST (Exhibit 4.2 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997 (the “June 1997 Form 10-Q”)).
	*4.3	Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement between InterDigital and AST (Exhibit 4.3 to the June 1997 Form 10-Q).
	*4.4	Amendment No. 3 to the Rights Agreement between InterDigital and AST (Exhibit 4.4 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (the “1999 Form 10-K”)).
	*10.1	Intellectual Property License Agreement between InterDigital and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (Exhibit 10.39 to InterDigital’s Registration Statement No. 33-28253 filed on April 18, 1989).
	*10.2	1992 License Agreement dated February 29, 1992 between InterDigital and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (Exhibit 10.3 to InterDigital’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 29, 1992 (the “February 1992 Form 8-K”)).
	*10.3	E-TDMA License Agreement dated February 29, 1992 between InterDigital and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (Exhibit 10.4 to the February 1992 Form 8-K).
	†*10.4	Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.4 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).
	†*10.5	Amendment to Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.31 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000 (the “June 2000 Form 10-Q”)).
	†*10.6	Amendment to Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, effective October 24, 2001 (Exhibit 10.6 to the 2001 Form 10-K).
	†*10.7	1992 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to InterDigital’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 21, 1992).
	†*10.8	Amendment to 1992 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.32 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
	†*10.9	1992 Employee Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.71 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992).
	†*10.10	Amendment to 1992 Employee Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.29 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
	†*10.11	Amendment to 1992 Employee Stock Option Plan, effective October 24, 2001 (Exhibit 10.11 to the 2001 Form 10-K).
	†*10.12	1995 Stock Option Plan for Employees and Outside Directors, as amended (Exhibit 10.7 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (the “1997 Form 10-K”)).

70

†*10.13	Amendment to the 1995 Stock Option Plan for Employees and Outside Directors (Exhibit 10.25 to the 1999 Form 10-K).
†*10.14	Amendment to 1995 Stock Option Plan for Employees and Outside Directors (Exhibit 10.33 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.15	Amendment to 1995 Stock Option Plan for Employees and Outside Directors, effective October 24, 2001 (Exhibit 10.15 to the 2001 Form 10-K).
†*10.16	1997 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Exhibit 10.34 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997).
†*10.17	1997 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended March 30, 2000 (Exhibit 10.42 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.18	Amendment to 1997 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Exhibit 10.34 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.19	Amendment to 1997 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective October 24, 2001 (Exhibit 10.19 to the 2001 Form 10-K).
†*10.20	2000 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.28 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.21	1999 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended April 13, 2000 (Exhibit 10.43 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.22	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of November 20, 2000 by and between InterDigital Communications Corporation (“InterDigital”) and Howard E. Goldberg (Exhibit 10.12 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (the “2000 Form 10-K”)).
†*10.23	Employment Agreement dated November 18, 1996 by and between InterDigital and Charles R. Tilden (Exhibit 10.26 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).
†*10.24	Amendment dated as of April 6, 2000 by and between InterDigital and Charles R. Tilden (Exhibit 10.39 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.25	Employment Agreement dated May 7, 1997 by and between InterDigital and Mark A. Lemmo (Exhibit 10.32 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997).
†*10.26	Amendment dated as of April 6, 2000 by and between InterDigital and Mark A. Lemmo (Exhibit 10.37 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.27	Employment Agreement dated September 3, 1998 by and between InterDigital and William J. Merritt (Exhibit 10.23 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (the “1998 Form 10-K”)).
†*10.28	Amendment dated as of April 6, 2000 by and between InterDigital and William J. Merritt (Exhibit 10.38 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.29	Employment Agreement dated November 16, 1998 by and between InterDigital and Richard J. Fagan (Exhibit 10.24 to the 1998 Form 10-K).
†*10.30	Amendment dated as of April 6, 2000 by and between InterDigital and Richard J. Fagan (Exhibit 10.36 to the June 2000 Form 10-Q).
†*10.31	Employment Agreement dated November 19, 1996 by and between InterDigital and Brian G. Kiernan (Exhibit 10.37 to the 2000 Form 10-K).
†*10.32	Amendment dated as of April 6, 2000 by and between InterDigital and Brian G. Kiernan (Exhibit 10.38 to the 2000 Form 10-K).
†*10.33	Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2000 by and between InterDigital and William C. Miller (Exhibit 10.39 to the 2000 Form 10-K).
†*10.34	Agreement dated January 2, 2001 by and between InterDigital and Alain C. Briancon (Exhibit 10.41 to the 2000 Form 10-K).
†*10.35	Employment Agreement dated as of November 12, 2001 by and between InterDigital and Lawrence F. Shay (Exhibit 10.38 to the 2001 Form 10-K).
†*10.36	Employment Agreement dated as of December 3, 2001 by and between InterDigital and Guy M. Hicks (Exhibit 10.39 to the 2001 Form 10-K).
†*10.37	Agreement of Lease dated November 25, 1996 by and between InterDigital and We’re Associates Company (Exhibit 10.42 to the 2000 Form 10-K).

71

*10.38	Modification of Lease Agreement dated December 28, 2000 by and between InterDigital and We’re Associates Company (Exhibit 10.43 to the 2000 Form 10-K).
†*10.39	Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 19, 2003 by and between Company and Howard E. Goldberg (pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Indemnity Agreements, which are substantially identical in all material respects, except as to the parties thereto and the dates, between the Company and the following individuals, were not filed: Lisa A. Alexander, D. Ridgely Bolgiano, Alain C. Briancon, Harry G. Campagna, Steven T. Clontz, Joseph S. Colson, Jr., Patrick J. Donahue, Richard J. Fagan, Howard E. Goldberg, Guy M. Hicks, Gary D. Isaacs, John D. Kaewell, Brian G. Kiernan, Mark A. Lemmo, Linda S. Lutkefedder, William J. Merritt, William C. Miller, Rebecca B. Opher, Robert S. Roath, Jane S. Schultz, Lawrence F. Shay, and Charles R. Tilden) (Exhibit 10.47 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003).
*10.40	Patent License Agreement dated and effective January 1, 2003 between InterDigital Technology Corporation (“ITC”) and Ericsson Inc. and Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (Exhibit 10.48 to InterDigital’s Amendment No. 1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A dated July 2, 2003 (the “July 2003 10-Q/A”)).
*10.41	Patent License Agreement dated and effective January 1, 2003 between ITC and Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB (Exhibit 10.49 to the July 2003 10-Q/A).
†*10.42	2002 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.50 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002).
*10.43	Patent License Agreement dated May 8, 1995 between ITC and NEC Corporation (“NEC”) (Exhibit 10.51 to InterDigital’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 21, 2003 (the “2003 Form 8-K”)).
*10.44	Amendment to the Patent License Agreement of May 8, 1995 between ITC and NEC (Exhibit 10.52 to the 2003 Form 8-K).
*10.45	Narrowband CDMA and Third Generation Patent License Agreement dated January 15, 2002 between ITC and NEC (Exhibit 10.53 to the 2003 Form 8-K).
*10.46	Settlement Agreement dated January 15, 2002 between ITC and NEC (Exhibit 10.54 to the 2003 Form 8-K).
*10.47	The TDD Development Agreement between and among InterDigital, ITC and Nokia (Exhibit 10.55 to the 2003 Form 8-K).
*10.48	Amendment No. 1 to the TDD Development Agreement dated September 30, 2001 between and among InterDigital, ITC and Nokia (Exhibit 10.56 to the 2003 Form 8-K).
*10.49	PHS and PDC Subscriber Unit Patent License Agreement dated March 19, 1998 between ITC and Sharp Corporation of Japan (Sharp) (Exhibit 10.57 to the 2003 Form 8-K).
*10.50	Amendment No. 1 dated March 23, 2000 and Amendment No. 2 dated May 30, 2003 to PHS and PDC Subscriber Unit Patent License Agreement dated March 19, 1998 between ITC and Sharp (Exhibit 10.58 to InterDigital’s Amendment No. 1 to Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated July 2, 2003).
†*10.51	Indemnity Agreement dated as of May 5, 2003 by and between InterDigital and Richard J. Brezski (Exhibit 10.59 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
†*10.52	Severance Agreement dated January 20, 2004 by and between InterDigital and Guy M. Hicks (Exhibit 10.52 to InterDigital’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (the “2003 Form 10-K”).
†*10.53	InterDigital Communications Corporation 2002 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as amended through June 4, 2003 (Exhibit 10.52 to 2003 Form 10-K).
†*10.54	Indemnity Agreement dated March 15, 2004 by and between InterDigital and Edward B. Kamins (Exhibit 10.60 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
†10.55	InterDigital Communications Corporation Long-Term Compensation Program, as amended December 2004 (“LTCP”) (Exhibit 10.61 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (the “September 2004 Form 10-Q”)).
†*10.56	1999 Restricted Stock Plan, Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement [Awarded to Independent Directors Upon Re-Election] (Exhibit 10.62 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).
†*10.57	1999 Restricted Stock Plan, Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement [Annual Award to Independent Directors] (Exhibit 10.63 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).

72

†*10.58	1999 Restricted Stock Plan, Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement [Periodically Awarded to Members of the Board of Directors] (Exhibit 10.64 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).
†*10.59	1999 Restricted Stock Plan, Form of Restricted Stock Agreement [Awarded to Executives and Management as Part of Annual Bonus] (Exhibit 10.65 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).
†*10.60	2000 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, Form of Option Agreement [Director Awards] (Exhibit 10.66 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).
†*10.61	2000 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, Form of Option Agreement [Executive Awards] (Exhibit 10.67 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).
†*10.62	2000 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, Form of Option Agreement [Inventor Awards] (Exhibit 10.68 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).
†*10.63	2002 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, Form of Option Agreement [Inventor Awards] (Exhibit 10.69 to September 2004 Form 10-Q).
†10.64	Software License Agreement dated December 21, 2004 between General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc. and InterDigital.
†10.65	2005 Compensation Program for Outside Directors.
†10.66	InterDigital Communications Corporation Annual Employee Bonus Plan.
21	Subsidiaries of InterDigital.
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Howard E. Goldberg.
32.2	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Richard J. Fagan.

* Incorporated by reference to the previous filing indicated.

† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(c) None

73

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Howard E. Goldberg
	Howard E. Goldberg President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ R. J. Fagan
	Richard J. Fagan Chief Financial Officer

74

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of InterDigital and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ D. Ridgely Bolgiano
	D. Ridgely Bolgiano, Director
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Harry G. Campagna
	Harry G. Campagna, Director
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Steven T. Clontz
	Steven T. Clontz, Director
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Edward B. Kamins
	Edward B. Kamins, Director
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Robert S. Roath
	Robert S. Roath, Director
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Robert W. Shaner
	Robert W. Shaner, Director
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Alan P. Zabarsky
	Alan P. Zabarsky, Director
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ Howard E. Goldberg
	Howard E. Goldberg, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ R. J. Fagan
	Richard J. Fagan, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

75

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
†10.55	InterDigital Communications Corporation Long-Term Compensation Program, as amended December 2004 (“LTCP”) (Exhibit 10.61 to InterDigital’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
†10.64	Software License Agreement dated December 21, 2004 between General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc. and InterDigital.
†10.65	2005 Compensation Program for Outside Directors.
†10.66	InterDigital Communications Corporation Annual Employee Bonus Plan.
21	Subsidiaries of InterDigital.
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Howard E. Goldberg.
32.2	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Richard J. Fagan.

† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

EX-10.55

EXHIBIT 10.55

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

LONG TERM COMPENSATION PROGRAM

June 2004, as amended December 2004

The Company implemented the Long Term Compensation Program (the “Program”) to encourage management and executive level employees to continue to exercise their best efforts toward ensuring the success of the Company. All regular full-time or regular part-time employees (as defined in the Employee Handbook) at or above a manager or technical equivalent level are eligible to participate in the Program.

Compensation Components. As further described below, the Program consists of two compensation components: (1) a Long-Term Incentive Plan providing performance-based cash bonuses (the “LTIP”), and (2) an award of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the Company’s 1999 Restricted Stock Plan.

The LTIP component of the Program rewards grantees based on the Company’s achievement of performance goals established/approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”).

The RSU awards provide recipients with an opportunity to share in the growth of the Company’s value in the marketplace. An RSU is a contractual right to receive a share(s) of InterDigital Common Stock after completion of a specified vesting period.

Program Cycle. The Program operates in cycles (the “Program cycle”). The first Program cycle began on April 1, 2004 and will end on December 31, 2005. Subsequent Program cycles are intended to be overlapping three-year cycles, beginning January 1, 2005 and recurring every other year thereafter.

LTIP Cash Bonuses. The LTIP cash bonus targets are established based on a percentage of annual base salary and a payout under the LTIP is based on the Company’s achievement of certain performance goals associated with each Program cycle, established by the Compensation Committee at the start of each Program cycle. Your cash LTIP payout may exceed or be less than your targeted amount depending on achievement of the performance goals, or no payout may be made if the Company fails to meet the minimum performance goals for the Program cycle. To be eligible for a cash payout you must remain continuously employed by the Company (or an Affiliate of the Company) through the end of the Program cycle. For purposes of this Program, an Affiliate means any other individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust or other entity that, directly or indirectly, is in control of or is controlled by or is under common control with the Company. Payout of the LTIP cash bonus will be made within the first quarter of the year following the end of each Program cycle.

RSU Terms. RSUs will be granted under, and subject to the terms of, the Company’s 1999 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”). You will receive an RSU Award Agreement setting forth in detail the terms of your RSU grant along with a copy of the prospectus for the Plan. In the event of any conflict between this summary and your RSU award agreement, the RSU award agreement will govern.

For all non-executives/officers, the RSUs granted in connection with each Program cycle will vest incrementally based on the duration of the Program cycle. For the first cycle, vesting will occur over a two-year period with half of the RSUs vesting on December 31, 2004 and half vesting on December 31, 2005, so long as you remain continuously employed by the Company (or an Affiliate) through the applicable vesting dates. For subsequent Program cycles, currently intended to be three years in duration, vesting will occur 25% at the end of years one and two, and 50% at the end of year three. For all executive/officer level participants, the RSUs granted in connection with each Program cycle will vest 100% at the end of each cycle, so long as you remain employed by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company through the applicable vesting date.

New Program Participants. If you are promoted to a level which qualifies you to participate in the Program for the first time or you are newly hired within the first two years of a three-year Program cycle (or within the first year of a two-year cycle), you will be eligible to receive a pro rata LTIP cash bonus and RSU award. The pro rata target LTIP cash bonus and RSU award will be determined based on the amount of time (number of pay periods) remaining in the LTCP cycle in which you are hired or promoted to a qualifying level. By way of example, if you are a non-executive employee hired October 1^st of the first year of a two year LTCP cycle, you would be eligible to receive 3/12 of that year’s LTCP eligibility in addition to the full-year eligibility for the second year of the LTCP cycle. The LTIP (cash) and RSU awards will be paid out and vest respectively, as described under the sections entitled “LTIP Cash Bonuses” and “RSU Terms”.

Promotion during Program Cycle. If you are promoted during a Program cycle and such promotion results in an accompanying increase in your Program payout target (LTIP target and RSU award), you will realize the benefit of the Program target increase at the beginning of the next applicable Program cycle unless the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, authorizes such an adjustment at a different time.

Effect of Terminations. If, during a Program cycle, your employment with the Company terminates due to your death, “disability,” “retirement,” or termination by the Company without “cause” (each as defined below), you will earn a pro-rata portion of your LTIP cash bonus and RSU award. That pro-rata portion will be determined by multiplying both the amount of the LTIP cash bonus and the number of RSUs awarded to you under the Program by a fraction equal to the portion of the Program cycle that has transpired prior to the cessation of your employment over the entire Program cycle. Such pro-rata payment and distribution will be made to you (or, if applicable, your estate) at the same time as bonus payments and share distributions are made to active employees participating in the Program.

If your employment ceases due to your termination for “cause” or for any reason other than death, “disability”, “retirement” or a Terminating Event, all your rights under the Program (other than RSUs that have previously vested) will be forfeited.

For purposes of the Program:

• “cause” means: (a) willful and repeated failure of an employee to perform substantially his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (b) an employee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or an Affiliate; (c) willful misconduct or gross negligence by an employee in connection with his or her employment; or (d) an employee’s breach of any material obligation or duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate.

-2-

• “disability” means: (a) a disability entitling the employee to long-term disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan of the Company (or an Affiliate if employee is employed by such Affiliate) ; or (b) if the employee is not covered by such a plan, a physical or mental condition or illness that renders the employee incapable of performing his or her duties for a total of 180 days or more during any consecutive 12-month period.

• “retirement” means resignation after attaining a combination of age plus years of service at the Company (and Affiliates) equal to 70.

Effect of a Terminating Event. If a Terminating Event (meaning a Change of Control - as defined in the Plan - or liquidation of the Company) occurs during the Program cycle and while you are actively employed by the Company, then:

• immediately prior to (but contingent on the occurrence of) that Terminating Event all your RSUs will become fully vested and you will receive a distribution of InterDigital shares with respect to those RSUs; and

• you will be entitled to an early payment of your LTIP cash bonus in an amount equal to the greater of (i) your target LTIP cash bonus, or (ii) the LTIP cash bonus that would have been due to you at the end of the Program cycle (but for the Terminating Event), assuming performance through the remainder of the Program cycle would be consistent with performance in the portion of the Program cycle prior to the Terminating Event. Payment of this amount will be made not later than 30 days after the Terminating Event.

Taxation of Awards. The following is a brief description of the federal income and employment tax treatment of Program awards. The rules governing these awards are complex and their application may vary depending upon your individual circumstances. Moreover, statutory and regulatory provisions and their interpretations are subject to change. You are therefore encouraged to consult with your personal tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of participation in the Program.

For federal income and employment tax purposes, the full amount of any LTIP cash bonus will be taxable to you at the time the cash is paid to you.

For federal income tax purposes, you will recognize ordinary income with respect to the value of shares distributed in respect of RSUs at the time the shares are distributed to you based on the value of those shares at that time. For employment tax and possibly state income tax purposes, you will be taxed on the value of the shares subject to your RSUs at the time those RSUs vest, based on the value of those shares at that time. Further information regarding the taxation of your RSUs is contained in the Plan’s prospectus.

Future Program Cycles. While the Company reserves the right to alter or discontinue the Program at any time, its present intent is to continue the Program for future cycles. The

-3-

Company expects future Program cycles to include both an LTIP component and an RSU component. If you are eligible to participate in a future Program cycle, additional information will be distributed to you at the start of that cycle.

Administration. The Program is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the right to terminate or amend the Program and its components at any time for any reason. The Compensation Committee also has the authority to select employees to receive awards, to create, amend, and rescind rules regarding the operation of the Program, to determine whether LTIP performance goals have been achieved, to reconcile inconsistencies, to supply omissions and to otherwise make all determinations necessary or desirable for the operation of the Program.

No Assignment. You may not assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any right relating to a cash or RSU award under the Program and any attempt to do so will be void.

No Right to Continued Employment. Your participation in the Program does not gives you any right to continue in employment or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason.

Questions. If you have questions regarding the Program, please contact Gary Isaacs, Sr. Human Resources Officer, at 610-878-5721.

December 2004

-4-

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

LONG TERM COMPENSATION PROGRAM

SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM SUMMARY

In addition to the Company’s Long Term Compensation Program (the “Program”) Terms and Conditions as amended December 2004 (the “Terms and Conditions”), the provisions outlined in this Supplemental Program Summary apply to the Program. Taken together, the Terms and Conditions and this supplemental document (along with the terms contained in the Company’s 1999 Restricted Stock Plan and associated prospectus (collectively, the “Plan”) as such terms relate to the grant of restricted stock units (“RSU”) made under the Program), represents a comprehensive written description of the Program.

Program Goals

• Introduces a new compensation program to attract, motivate and retain employees; and

• Ensures alignment with market/industry practices and shareholder interests.

Program Cycles

As described in the Terms and Conditions, the initial Program cycle is a two-year cycle commencing April 1, 2004, with subsequent Program cycles occurring in overlapping three-year cycles commencing January 1, 2005. Under the initial two-year Program cycle, all participants will receive two-thirds of a full three-year cycle. The opportunity for non-executive/officer-level participants as well as executive/officer-level participants to receive the Long-Term Incentive Plan performance-based cash bonus component of the Program (“LTIP”) occurs at the end of each Program cycle.

Program Targets

The following Program targets are based on organizational levels (or a specific officer position within the Company) and that organizational level’s (or the specific officer’s) base salary. The percentages are used to calculate the opportunity to receive the LTIP cash bonus component of the Program and the amount of the RSU award component of the Program:

•      Manager/Sr. Manager & Technical Equivalent – 40%	•      Chief Technology Officer – 90%
•      Director/Sr. Director & Technical Equivalent – 45%	•      Sr. Business Development Officer – 90%
•      Functional VP – 50%	•      General Counsel – 80%
•      Chief Executive Officer – 120%	•      Chief Strategic Standards Officer – 80%
•      Chief Operating Officer – 100%	•      Sr. Engineering & Programs Officer – 80%
•      General Patent Counsel – 100%	•      Sr. Human Resources Officer – 80%
•      Chief Financial Officer – 90%	•      Fellow, ASIC/DSP – 70%

RSU awards are calculated based on the target percentage of base salary of an eligible participant divided by the Company’s closing share price on the date of the RSU award (i.e., April 1, 2004 for the initial Program cycle).

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

This Restricted Stock Unit Award is made as of                     ,              (the “Date of Grant”) by InterDigital Communications Corporation (the “Company”) to                      (“Grantee”).

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below or in the Plan. As used herein:

(a) “Account” shall mean a bookkeeping account reflecting Grantee’s interest in Restricted Stock Units (as defined below).

(b) “Cause” means: (a) willful and repeated failure of Grantee to perform substantially his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (b) Grantee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or an affiliate; (c) willful misconduct or gross negligence by Grantee in connection with his or her service to the Company; or (d) Grantee’s breach of any material obligation or duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan).

(c) “Disability” means: (a) a disability entitling Grantee to long-term disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; or (b) if Grantee is not covered by such a plan, a physical or mental condition or illness that renders Grantee incapable of performing his or her duties for a total of 180 days or more during any consecutive 12-month period.

(d) “Dividend Equivalent” means credits arising in respect of dividends paid on shares of common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value (“Shares”), as described in Section 6 herein.

(e) “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of a Share on the principal stock exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then traded, as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the relevant valuation date or, if there is no trading on that date, on the next preceding trading date.

(f) “Plan” means the InterDigital Communications Corporation 1999 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(g) “Restricted Period” means the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the Vesting Date.

(h) “Retirement” means resignation by Grantee after attaining a combination of age plus years of service at the Company and/or its Affiliates equal to 70 years.

(i) “Restricted Stock Units” means a right to receive              Shares issued pursuant to the Plan.

(j) “Vesting Date” means:

(i) with respect to one-half of the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder (             Shares), the earlier of (A)             ,              (“First Vesting”), or (B) the consummation of a Terminating Event; and

(ii) with respect to the remaining half of the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder (             Shares), the earlier of (A)             ,              (“Second Vesting”), or (B) the consummation of a Terminating Event.

2. Grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to Grantee the Restricted Stock Units. The Company shall maintain an Account for Grantee reflecting the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to Grantee hereunder.

(b) All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Grantee acknowledges receipt of the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto, represents that he/she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof and hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Committee thereunder. (For purposes of this provision and other provisions of this Agreement, references to the Committee include any persons or administrative body to whom the Committee has delegated authority.)

3. Restrictions on Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, Grantee shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge or assign the Restricted Stock Units except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No such transfer occurring as a result of the Grantee’s death shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with a copy of the applicable will or such other evidence as the Company may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.

4. Vesting and Forfeiture.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall vest (meaning that the risk of forfeiture of such Restricted Stock Units shall lapse) on the Vesting Date if Grantee remains continuously employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates through that date. Each Restricted Stock Unit credited under Section 6 in respect of Dividend Equivalents shall vest at the time of vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit that gives rise, directly or indirectly, to such Dividend Equivalent.

(b) If Grantee’s service as an employee of the Company or one of its Affiliates ends prior to the Vesting Date due to a termination for Cause, or termination of employment for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or Terminating Event, all Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder will be forfeited.

-2-

(c) If Grantee’s service or employment with the Company or an Affiliate ceases prior to the Vesting Date due to death, Disability, Retirement, or termination by the Company without Cause, Grantee will become vested in a pro-rata portion of his or her Restricted Stock Units. That pro-rata portion will be determined by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units by a fraction equal to the portion of the Restricted Period that has transpired prior to such cessation of service or employment over the entire Restricted Period. Settlement for Restricted Stock Units that become vested pursuant to this Section 4(c) will occur in accordance with Section 5 at the same time settlement would have occurred had Grantee remained employed through the end of the Restricted Period.

5. Settlement and Election to Defer Settlement.

(a) Restricted Stock Units credited hereunder (including Restricted Stock Units credited in respect of Dividend Equivalents) will be settled by delivery of one share of the Company’s common stock for each Restricted Stock Unit being settled. Settlement will occur as soon as practicable following the applicable Vesting Date, unless Grantee has elected to defer settlement in accordance with Section 5(b).

(b) By completing, signing and returning Exhibit “A” to this Agreement within thirty (30) days of this Agreement, Grantee may elect to defer the date of settlement of Restricted Stock Units credited hereunder. If a Grantee elects to defer settlement, such deferred settlement must occur on or after             ,              for the First Vesting and on or after             ,              for the Second Vesting.

6. Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments.

(a) Dividend Equivalents shall be credited on Restricted Stock Units (other than Restricted Stock Units that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with this Section 6:

(i) Cash Dividends. If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on its Shares in the form of cash, then a number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded up or down to the nearest whole number) shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution which number shall be equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding Share at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share as of such payment date.

(ii) Non-Cash Dividends. If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Shares in the form of property other than Shares or other shares of the Company, then a number of additional Restricted Stock Units shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution

-3-

which number shall be equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the fair market value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding Share at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share as of such payment date.

(iii) Stock Dividends. If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Shares in the form of additional Shares or other shares of the Company, then a number of additional Restricted Stock Units shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution which number shall be equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution, multiplied by the number of additional Shares or other shares of the Company actually paid as a dividend or distribution in respect of each outstanding Share.

7. Other Terms Relating to Restricted Stock Units.

(a) The number of Restricted Stock Units credited to a Grantee’s Account shall include fractional Restricted Stock Units calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units, Grantee shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional Share as of the Vesting Date that would have otherwise been deliverable in settlement of such Restricted Stock Units.

(b) It shall be a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue and deliver Shares in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units that Grantee (or the person to whom ownership rights may have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution) pay to the Company, upon its demand, such amount as may be required by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability to withhold federal, state, or local income or other taxes. If the amount required is not paid, the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units until such amount is paid. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Grantee (or the person to whom ownership rights may have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution) to pay all or a portion of the amount required by the Company for such tax withholding at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall deem to be appropriate, including by authorizing the Company to withhold from the Shares to be delivered in settlement, or by agreeing to surrender to the Company on or about the date such tax liability is determinable, Shares having a Fair Market Value on such date equal to the amount of such tax liability or a specified portion of such tax liability.

8. Absence of Tax Gross-Up Payment. There shall be no tax gross-up on the Restricted Stock Units.

9. Notices. Any notice to the Company under this Agreement shall be made in care of the Committee to the office of the General Counsel, at the Company’s main office in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. All notices under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when hand-delivered or mailed, first class postage prepaid, and shall be irrevocable once given.

-4-

10. Securities Laws. The Committee may from time to time impose any conditions on the Restricted Stock Units (or the underlying Shares) as it deems necessary or advisable to comply with applicable securities laws.

11. Award Not to Affect Service. The Award granted hereunder shall not confer upon Grantee any right to continue service as an employee and/or director of the Company.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) The address for Grantee to which notice, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions hereof shall be the Grantee’s address as reflected in the Company’s personnel records.

(b) Grantee authorizes the Company to withhold in accordance with applicable law from any compensation payable to him/her any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state or local law in connection with this award.

(c) Any provision for distribution in settlement of Grantee’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Company and shall not create in Grantee or any person to whom ownership rights may have passed any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Company, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Grantee or any person to whom ownership rights may have passed. Grantee (or any other person entitled to a distribution hereunder) shall be a general creditor of the Company.

(d) The validity, performance, construction and effect of this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Restricted Stock Unit Award to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and Grantee has executed this Restricted Stock Unit Award, in each case as of the date first above written.

ATTEST:	INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
	BY:
		Name
ATTEST:	GRANTEE

-5-

EXHIBIT “A”

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT DEFERRAL ELECTION FORM

(Form for Multiple Vesting Periods)

Grant Date:             ,             

             Restricted Stock Units

Please Check Only One Election For Each Vesting Period:

First Vesting Period:              shares:

¨ I hereby elect to defer the settlement of my Restricted Stock Units until                                               [insert a date on or after             ,             ], (subject to accelerated settlement upon the consummation of a Terminating Event*).

¨ I hereby elect to defer the settlement of my Restricted Stock Units until my cessation of service as a director and/or employee of the Company (subject to accelerated settlement upon the consummation of a Terminating Event*).

Second Vesting Period:              shares

¨ I hereby elect to defer the settlement of my Restricted Stock Units until                                          [insert a date on or after             ,             ], (subject to accelerated settlement upon the consummation of a Terminating Event*).

¨ I hereby elect to defer the settlement of my Restricted Stock Units until my cessation of service as a director and/or employee of the Company (subject to accelerated settlement upon the consummation of a Terminating Event*).

* As defined in the 1999 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended.

GRANTEE

-6-

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

This Restricted Stock Unit Award is made as of                     ,                  (the “Date of Grant”) by InterDigital Communications Corporation (the “Company”) to                      (“Grantee”).

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below or in the Plan. As used herein:

(a) “Account” shall mean a bookkeeping account reflecting Grantee’s interest in Restricted Stock Units (as defined below).

(b) “Cause” means: (a) willful and repeated failure of Grantee to perform substantially his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (b) Grantee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or an affiliate; (c) willful misconduct or gross negligence by Grantee in connection with his or her service to the Company; or (d) Grantee’s breach of any material obligation or duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan).

(c) “Disability” means: (a) a disability entitling Grantee to long-term disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; or (b) if Grantee is not covered by such a plan, a physical or mental condition or illness that renders Grantee incapable of performing his or her duties for a total of 180 days or more during any consecutive 12-month period.

(d) “Dividend Equivalent” means credits arising in respect of dividends paid on shares of common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value (“Shares”), as described in Section 6 herein.

(e) “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of a Share on the principal stock exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then traded, as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the relevant valuation date or, if there is no trading on that date, on the next preceding trading date.

(f) “Plan” means the InterDigital Communications Corporation 1999 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(g) “Restricted Period” means the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the Vesting Date.

(h) “Retirement” means resignation by Grantee after attaining a combination of age plus years of service at the Company and/or its Affiliates equal to 70 years.

(i) “Restricted Stock Units” means a right to receive              Shares issued pursuant to the Plan.

(j) “Vesting Date” means the earlier of (i)                     ,                 , or (ii) the consummation of a Terminating Event, as defined in the Plan.

2. Grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to Grantee the Restricted Stock Units. The Company shall maintain an Account for Grantee reflecting the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to Grantee hereunder.

(b) All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Grantee acknowledges receipt of the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto, represents that he/she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof and hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Committee thereunder. (For purposes of this provision and other provisions of this Agreement, references to the Committee include any persons or administrative body to whom the Committee has delegated authority.)

3. Restrictions on Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, Grantee shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge or assign the Restricted Stock Units except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No such transfer occurring as a result of the Grantee’s death shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with a copy of the applicable will or such other evidence as the Company may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.

4. Vesting and Forfeiture.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall vest (meaning that the risk of forfeiture of such Restricted Stock Units shall lapse) on the Vesting Date if Grantee remains continuously employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates through that date. Each Restricted Stock Unit credited under Section 6 in respect of Dividend Equivalents shall vest at the time of vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit that gives rise, directly or indirectly, to such Dividend Equivalent.

(b) If Grantee’s service as an employee of the Company or one of its Affiliates ends prior to the Vesting Date due to a termination for Cause, or termination of employment for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or Terminating Event, all Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder will be forfeited.

(c) If Grantee’s service or employment with the Company or an Affiliate ceases prior to the Vesting Date due to death, Disability, Retirement, or termination by the Company without Cause, Grantee will become vested in a pro-rata portion of his or her Restricted Stock Units. That pro-rata portion will be determined by multiplying the number of

-2-

Restricted Stock Units by a fraction equal to the portion of the Restricted Period that has transpired prior to such cessation of service or employment over the entire Restricted Period. Settlement for Restricted Stock Units that become vested pursuant to this Section 4(c) will occur in accordance with Section 5 at the same time settlement would have occurred had Grantee remained employed through the end of the Restricted Period.

5. Settlement and Election to Defer Settlement.

(a) Restricted Stock Units credited hereunder (including Restricted Stock Units credited in respect of Dividend Equivalents) will be settled by delivery of one share of the Company’s common stock for each Restricted Stock Unit being settled. Settlement will occur as soon as practicable following the applicable Vesting Date, unless Grantee has elected to defer settlement in accordance with Section 5(b).

(b) By completing, signing and returning Exhibit “A” to this Agreement within thirty (30) days of this Agreement, Grantee may elect to defer the date of settlement of Restricted Stock Units credited hereunder. If a Grantee elects to defer settlement, such deferred settlement must occur on or after                     ,                 .

6. Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments.

(a) Dividend Equivalents shall be credited on Restricted Stock Units (other than Restricted Stock Units that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with this Section 6:

(i) Cash Dividends. If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on its Shares in the form of cash, then a number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded up or down to the nearest whole number) shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution which number shall be equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding Share at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share as of such payment date.

(ii) Non-Cash Dividends. If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Shares in the form of property other than Shares or other shares of the Company, then a number of additional Restricted Stock Units shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution which number shall be equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the fair market value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding Share at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share as of such payment date.

(iii) Stock Dividends. If the Company declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Shares in the form of additional Shares or other shares of the

-3-

Company, then a number of additional Restricted Stock Units shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution which number shall be equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution, multiplied by the number of additional Shares or other shares of the Company actually paid as a dividend or distribution in respect of each outstanding Share.

7. Other Terms Relating to Restricted Stock Units.

(a) The number of Restricted Stock Units credited to a Grantee’s Account shall include fractional Restricted Stock Units calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units, Grantee shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional Share as of the Vesting Date that would have otherwise been deliverable in settlement of such Restricted Stock Units.

(b) It shall be a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue and deliver Shares in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units that Grantee (or the person to whom ownership rights may have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution) pay to the Company, upon its demand, such amount as may be required by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability to withhold federal, state, or local income or other taxes. If the amount required is not paid, the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units until such amount is paid. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Grantee (or the person to whom ownership rights may have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution) to pay all or a portion of the amount required by the Company for such tax withholding at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall deem to be appropriate, including by authorizing the Company to withhold from the Shares to be delivered in settlement, or by agreeing to surrender to the Company on or about the date such tax liability is determinable, Shares having a Fair Market Value on such date equal to the amount of such tax liability or a specified portion of such tax liability.

8. Absence of Tax Gross-Up Payment. There shall be no tax gross-up on the Restricted Stock Units.

9. Notices. Any notice to the Company under this Agreement shall be made in care of the Committee to the office of the General Counsel, at the Company’s main office in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. All notices under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when hand-delivered or mailed, first class postage prepaid, and shall be irrevocable once given.

10. Securities Laws. The Committee may from time to time impose any conditions on the Restricted Stock Units (or the underlying Shares) as it deems necessary or advisable to comply with applicable securities laws.

-4-

11. Award Not to Affect Service. The Award granted hereunder shall not confer upon Grantee any right to continue service as an employee and/or director of the Company.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) The address for Grantee to which notice, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions hereof shall be the Grantee’s address as reflected in the Company’s personnel records.

(b) Grantee authorizes the Company to withhold in accordance with applicable law from any compensation payable to him/her any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state or local law in connection with this award.

(c) Any provision for distribution in settlement of Grantee’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Company and shall not create in Grantee or any person to whom ownership rights may have passed any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Company, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Grantee or any person to whom ownership rights may have passed. Grantee (or any other person entitled to a distribution hereunder) shall be a general creditor of the Company.

(d) The validity, performance, construction and effect of this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Restricted Stock Unit Award to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and Grantee has executed this Restricted Stock Unit Award, in each case as of the date first above written.

ATTEST:	INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
	BY:
		Name
ATTEST:	GRANTEE

-5-

EXHIBIT “A”

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT DEFERRAL ELECTION FORM

Grant Date:             ,         

             Restricted Stock Units

Check Only One:

¨ I hereby elect to defer the settlement of my Restricted Stock Units until                                          [insert a date on or after                     ,         ], (subject to accelerated settlement upon the consummation of a Terminating Event*).

¨ I hereby elect to defer the settlement of my Restricted Stock Units until my cessation of service as a director and/or employee of the Company (subject to accelerated settlement upon the consummation of a Terminating Event*).

* As defined in the 1999 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended.

GRANTEE

-6-

EX-10.64

CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND

FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

EXHIBIT 10.64

GENERAL DYNAMICS

Decision Systems

Software License Agreement

BETWEEN

General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc.

8201 E. McDowell Road

Scottsdale, Arizona 85257

(Hereinafter “Decision Systems”, “Buyer” or “Licensee”)

AND

InterDigital Communications Corporation

781 Third Avenue

King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406-1409

(Hereinafter “InterDigital”, “Licensor” or “Seller”)

Contract Number: 680901

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties and supersedes any and all prior agreements, understandings and communications between the Parties related to the subject matter of this Agreement. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall bind either Party unless it is in writing and is signed by Buyer’s Authorized Contract Representative and Seller’s Authorized Contract Representative.

IN WITNESS OF THIS AGREEMENT, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, through duly authorized officials, effective upon the last date of signature hereto.

General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc.		InterDigital Communications Corporation
By:	/s/ Ron Taylor	By:	/s/ Howard E. Goldberg
Name:	Ron Taylor	Name:	Howard E. Goldberg
Title:	Vice President & General Manager	Title:	President & CEO
Date:	12/20/04	Date:	December 21, 2004

Page 1 of 22

SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Software License Agreement, including the Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices attached hereto (collectively, this “Agreement”) is entered into this 21^st day of December, 2004 (“Effective Date”), between General Dynamics Decision Systems Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 8201 E. McDowell Road, Scottsdale, AZ 85257 (“Licensee”), and InterDigital Communications Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation, with offices located at 781 Third Avenue, King of Prussia, PA 19406 (“Licensor”). Licensee and Licensor may each be referred to individually as a “Party” or collectively as “Parties” to this Agreement.

WHEREAS, General Dynamics Decision Systems has entered into a U.S. Government contract with Lockheed Martin Missile and Space Systems Division for the Ground Transport Segment of the Mobile User Communication System (MUOS) that also includes the development of user equipment that will operate in conjunction with the Ground Transport Segment technical solution;

WHEREAS, InterDigital Communications Corporation has developed a UMTS 3GPP WCDMA communications solution that General Dynamics Decision Systems desires to license for integration into the User Equipment;

WHEREAS, InterDigital Communications Corporation is willing to grant certain rights to its software products to General Dynamics Decision Systems in consideration of the promises and payments as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1    Definitions

The capitalized terms within this Agreement and its associated Appendices shall have the following meanings:

Acceptance – Means that the Licensed Software and associated Deliverables meet the acceptance criteria described within the Statement of Work.

Affiliate – Means a legal entity that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls a Party, or is controlled by a Party, or is under common control with a Party. For the purposes of this definition, “control” shall be understood as the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a legal entity, whether through ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise.

Background Intellectual Property – Means all Intellectual Property which is either (1) owned or controlled by the Parties prior to the Effective Date, or (2) owned or controlled by the Parties contemporaneously with the Effective Date, but not arising from any services provided or activities conducted pursuant to this Agreement.

Commercial Off-the-Shelf (COTS) – Means any item available or offered for general sale by any third party, which accomplishes a function required in the execution or support of the capabilities described in the Statement of Work attached hereto.

2

Deliverable – Means Licensor’s Source Code, documentation, services, training and ancillary items that will be delivered to Licensee in accordance with this Agreement.

Delivery – Means receipt of Licensor’s Source Code, documentation, services, training and ancillary items that will be delivered to Licensee in accordance with this Agreement.

Delivery Schedule – Means the delivery schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Foreground Intellectual Property – Means all Intellectual Property that is conceived, or made, or reduced to a tangible medium of expression during any services provided or any activities conducted pursuant to this Agreement.

Intellectual Property – Means intellectual property including, but not limited to, inventions, patents, trademarks, software, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how, and other similar forms of intangible property or Proprietary Information.

JTRS – Mean the Joint Tactical Radio System program that will provide to government users a family of software programmable radios designed around a software communications architecture. For the purposes of this agreement, JTRS includes the Licensee’s Digital Modular Radio (DMR) program.

Licensed Software – [**]

MUOS – Means Mobile User Objective System

MUOS Program – Means the MUOS program as described by the U.S. Government Solicitation Request No. N00039-03-R-0023.

Object Code – Means computer-programming code in a form not readily perceivable by humans and suitable for machine execution without the intervening steps of interpretation or compilation.

Open Source – Means software generally available in the public domain for use by any entity, is typically available for “free”, and does not restrict Licensee’s rights to the Licensed Software.

Proprietary Information – Means information that the Disclosing Party, at the time of disclosure, identifies in writing or other permanent records as Proprietary Information by means of a proprietary legend, marking, stamp, or positive written notice identifying the information to be proprietary. Permanent records include information stored in electronic form on disk, tape, or other storage media. Such electronic information will be adequately marked if a legend indicating the information is proprietary displays when the information originally runs on a computer system and when the information is printed from its data file. In order for information disclosed orally or visually by a party to this Agreement to be Proprietary Information protected hereunder, the Disclosing Party shall identify the information as proprietary at the time of disclosure and, within thirty (30) days after such

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

3

visual or oral disclosure, reduce the subject matter of the disclosure to writing, properly stamped with the proprietary legend, marking, stamp or other positive written notice and submit it to the Receiving Party; provided however, the Disclosing Party may make advance written notification as to the confidential nature of such oral or visual Proprietary Information.

Software (SW) – Means the generally accepted term understood for computer programming instructions and can apply to either Source Code or Object Code.

Source Code – Means computer programming code in human readable form that is not suitable for machine execution without the intervening steps of interpretation or compilation.

Terminal Unit – Means a MUOS or JTRS compatible end user terminal device with which Licensor’s software will be utilized.

Update – Means a revision, bug fix, or minor change to the Licensed Software intended to correct errors or non-conformance with specifications or standards and provided as a change in the release where the problem/need was identified.

Upgrade – Means a new feature or features (additional functionality) provided in a new release of the Licensed Software but shall not include any feature identified as omitted in Appendix D of the SOW.

UMTS – Means Universal Mobile Telecommunications System as defined by International Telecommunications Union (ITU) for Third Generation (3G) mobile communications.

Verification – Means confirmation that Licensor’s software product was tested at Licensor’s facility in accordance with Licensor’s testing process and that the software compiles and meets all requirements described in the SOW.

WCDMA – Means Wideband Code Division Multiple Access.

1.1    License Grant

[**] The proprietary/confidential information documentation will include a special rights legend setting forth the aforementioned rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither the Licensee, U.S. Government, nor any other transferee is granted any right to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display or disclose Licensed Software for any commercial purposes or the right to authorize others to do so. No right is granted herein for sales of WCDMA or other wireless devices of any kind for commercial use including without limitation sales to operators, resellers or end users.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

4

1.2    Statement of Work (SOW)

The SOW shall govern all technical requirements of the Deliverables/Milestones, and acceptance of the Deliverables/Milestones listed in Exhibit A in addition to describing the ancillary deliverables required by Licensor under the terms of this Agreement. All Deliverables described within the SOW, including the Licensed Software, shall be provided in electronic format. Licensee shall accept or reject each Delivery as described in Exhibit A and the SOW.

1.3    Updates and Upgrades

Licensor shall deliver all Updates and Upgrades during the period of software maintenance as described in Exhibit B, SOW.

1.3.1    Updates

Licensor shall inform Licensee of Updates to the Licensed Software between Upgrades and make the Updates available for Licensee for the period of software maintenance. Licensee may use Updates when received. Licensor shall provide Licensee with instructions on installation, testing and use of the Updates.

Licensor shall conduct a Verification of each software Update release before it is delivered to Licensee. If so requested by Licensee, Licensor shall assist Licensee in Verification of Updates.

1.3.2    Upgrades

Licensor shall deliver Upgrades to the initial Licensed Software provided to Licensee as described within Exhibit B, SOW.

Licensor shall document and deliver to Licensee all Upgrades made to the Licensed Software as specified in the [**] standard during the period of maintenance described in the SOW. This shall be documented in product revision information reports. If so requested by Licensee, Licensor shall assist Licensee in Verification of Upgrades.

1.4    Points of Contact

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Licensor shall make available to Licensee resources for product support in accordance with Section 5.3 of the SOW.

1.5    Intellectual Property Rights

Licensor, and its Affiliates or their licensors retain ownership of the Licensed Software including all patents, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights.

1.5.1    [**]

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

5

1.5.2    Licensee agrees that (1) no license, right or interest in any trademark, trade name, or service mark of Licensor, its Affiliates or its licensors or any third party is granted under this Agreement; (2) Licensee is not permitted and shall not remove or destroy any of the Licensed Software’s proprietary, trademark or copyright legends or markings and (3) all existing copyright, patent, trademark, or other intellectual property rights related to the Licensed Software shall continue to remain the sole property of Licensor and its Affiliates or their licensors.

1.5.3    The following provisions will apply with respect to any and all Intellectual Property used or developed for use by either Party in the performance of this Agreement.

1.5.3.1 Background Intellectual Property Ownership

Each Party shall continue to own all of its respective Background Intellectual Property. No licenses are granted under such Background Intellectual Property except as may be expressly granted herein.

1.5.3.2 Foreground Intellectual Property Ownership

[**]

1.5.3.3 Joint Development Intellectual Property Ownership

[**]

1.6    Intellectual Property Indemnity

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or elsewhere, Licensor shall not indemnify or defend Licensee, its Affiliates or customer, the U.S. Government and / or any other person or entity for any claims against any or all of them concerning United States or foreign patents, which claims are asserted against the Licensed Software alone or in combination with hardware or other software.

1.7    Patent Non-Assertion Grant

Licensor, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, successors and assigns, hereby agrees not to bring any claim, action or proceeding against Licensee, its Affiliates, customer (Lockheed Martin), or the U.S. Government (collectively, “Grantees”) based on patent claims contained within Licensor’s patents that cover the [**] technology incorporated in the Licensed Software delivered by Licensor, directed to a Grantee’s making, using, selling, providing or otherwise distributing Licensed Software, alone or embedded within a Terminal Unit, produced for U.S. Government use. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no right is granted herein (i) for any wireless technology not included in the Licensed Software, (ii) for sales of WCDMA devices or other wireless devices for commercial use including, without limitation, sales to operators, resellers or end users, nor (iii) for features, functions or methods of operation not included in the Licensed Software as delivered by Licensor.

1.8    Intellectual Property Exclusions

[**]

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

6

1.9    Copyright Notices

With reference to any backup copies Licensee makes of the Licensed Software, Licensee agrees to reproduce all copyright notices, and other restrictive legends, appearing thereon and to include the same on all copies it makes in whole or in part. Such copyright notices may appear in any of several forms, including machine-readable form and Licensee agrees to reproduce such notice in each form in which it appears, to the extent it is physically possible to do so.

1.10    Government License Rights and Access

[**]

1.11    Term and Termination

1.11.1    Term.

Licensee shall use the Licensed Software from the date received only for the purposes stated in Section 1.1 for a period of [**], unless terminated as provided herein.

1.11.2    Termination

Except where there is an exclusive remedy under this Agreement either Party may terminate this Agreement should the other Party breach any material provision of this Agreement or take any action in derogation of either Party’s rights to the Licensed Software licensed hereunder subject to the following provisions.

1.11.2.1    Termination for Default by Licensor

Licensee may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Licensor if: (i) Licensor fails to deliver the Licensed Software within the time specified by this Agreement or any written extension provided by Licensee and does not cure the failure within [**] after receipt of written notice from Licensee specifying the failure; (ii) Licensor fails to perform any other material provision of this Agreement or fails to make progress, so as to endanger performance of this Agreement and, does not cure the failure within [**] after receipt of written notice from Licensee specifying the failure; or (iii) in the event Licensor declares bankruptcy, suspends its business operations, or initiates any reorganization and/or arrangement for the benefit of its creditors. [**] The rights and remedies provided Licensee in this clause are in addition to any other right or remedies provided by law or in equity.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

7

1.11.2.2    Termination for Default by Licensee

If Licensee materially breaches any provision of this Agreement, including any Appendix or Exhibit, Licensor may terminate the Agreement upon written notice thereof. Termination shall be effective upon notice unless such breach is curable, in which case Licensee shall have a period of [**] from the date of delivery of written notice to cure such breach. In addition to any other rights available at law or in equity, in the event of a Termination for Default, Licensor shall be entitled to retain all monies previously paid hereunder. Upon termination, Licensee shall: (i) cease all use of the Licensed Software for any purpose whatsoever, and (ii) immediately destroy or return to Licensor all Proprietary Information then in Licensee’s possession.

1.11.2.3    Termination for Convenience

If the U. S. Government terminates for convenience the portion of the MUOS Program that includes GDDS’s role then Licensee may terminate this Agreement for its convenience. [**]

2    Warranty

Licensor warrants that the Licensed Software under normal use shall perform the functions specified in its documentation (to be developed by Licensor). If the Licensed Software does not conform to its documentation such that its functional performance is reasonably affected and Licensor is notified in writing within [**]. THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS, OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE).

3    Liability

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, (INCLUDING LOSS OF ECONOMIC ADVANTAGE, BUSINESS, PROFITS, DATA OR INACCURACY OF DATA), IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR FROM USE OF LICENSED SOFTWARE, WHETHER OR NOT EITHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION OR LEGAL THEORY (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT, INCLUDING STRICT TORT LIABILITY, OR BASED ON A WARRANTY) UNDER WHICH THE LIABILITY MAY BE ASSERTED.

4    Schedule and Delivery and Payment

4.1    Payment/Delivery Schedule

[**]

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

8

4.2    Deliveries

Deliverables, price and payments under this Agreement are set forth in Exhibit A. Licensor shall deliver the Licensed Software and associated Deliverables to Licensee in accordance with the Delivery Schedule specified in Exhibit A.

4.3    Schedule Remedies

Licensor shall strictly adhere to the Delivery Schedule specified in Exhibit A. In the event of any anticipated or actual delay, Licensor shall: (i) promptly notify Licensee in writing of the reasons for the delay and the actions being taken to overcome or minimize the delay; and (ii) provide Licensee with a written recovery schedule within [**] of the missed Milestone. Licensor shall not deliver Deliverables prior to the scheduled delivery dates unless authorized by Licensee.

4.4    [**]

[**]

4.5    Place of Delivery

Deliverables described within this Agreement shall be delivered F.O.B. (Destination), General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc., 8201 E. McDowell Road, Scottsdale, AZ 85257, or as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties.

4.6    Payment Terms

All payments by Licensee will be [**]. At Licensor’s discretion, late payments may be subject to interest at an annual rate of [**] percent. [**] Licensee will pay all accurate and complete invoices within [**] from the date of invoice receipt. Licensee will pay Licensor by electronic funds transfer (EFT). Licensor shall provide Licensee with its EFT information. Licensor shall promptly repay to Licensee any amounts paid in excess of amounts due Licensor.

4.7    Submission of Invoices

a.    Licensor’s Invoices shall be submitted to:

General Dynamics Decision Systems, Inc.

P.O. Box 9B

Scottsdale, AZ 85252

ATTN: Accounts Payable/Mail Drop H-2625

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

9

b.    Invoices shall contain the following information, as applicable: date of invoice, Agreement number, line item/milestone number(s), description of Deliverables, quantity, unit price, and payment terms.

c.    A copy of each invoice submitted to General Dynamics Decision Systems Accounts Payable shall also be faxed to the Authorized Contract Representative set forth in the Notice Section of this Agreement.

4.8    Taxes

The prices invoiced under this Agreement include, and Licensor is liable for and shall pay, all taxes, impositions, charges and exactions imposed on or measured by this Agreement, except for applicable sales and use taxes that are separately stated on Licensor’s invoice (for which Licensee shall be solely responsible). Invoices shall not include any taxes, impositions, charges or exactions for which Licensee has furnished a valid exemption certificate.

5    Commercial Off-the-Shelf (COTS)/Open Source Software Limitations

Licensor shall not use commercial proprietary software or hardware as an integral part of the software delivered under this Agreement unless Licensor has obtained the rights in third party commercial proprietary software or hardware at least equal to those granted by Licensor to Licensee.

Deliverable items involving COTS hardware or software will, in general, utilize the “then current” commercially available versions of those COTS items at the time that Licensed Software is delivered.

Licensee shall not obtain or use COTS or Open Source items, if usage of such items by Licensee, or its customer, and the U. S. Government is restricted in any way, or if such items require any licensing of rights, without prior written Licensee approval and direction.

6    Proprietary Information

The parties anticipate that during the term of this Agreement, it may be necessary for either party to transfer to the other party information of a proprietary nature. Each of the parties agrees that it will use the same reasonable efforts to protect the other’s Proprietary Information as are used to protect its own but will at least use reasonable care. Disclosures of such information shall be restricted to those individuals who are directly participating in the JTRS or the MUOS programs and contract efforts identified herein, who have a need to know such information, and who have been made aware of and consent to abide by the restrictions herein concerning the use of such information.

Neither party shall make any reproduction, disclosure, nor use of such Proprietary Information except as may be required in the performance of this Agreement.

The obligation to protect Proprietary Information, and the liability for unauthorized disclosure or use of Proprietary Information, shall not apply with respect to such information which is now available or becomes available to the public without breach of this Agreement; information lawfully received without restrictions from other sources, including the U.S. Government; information known to the Receiving Party prior to disclosure; information published or disclosed by the Disclosing Party to others, including the U.S. Government, without restriction; information developed by the Receiving Party independent of and without use of the information disclosed by the Disclosing Party; or, information for which further use or disclosure by the Receiving Party is authorized in writing by the Disclosing Party.

10

The obligations and provisions of this provision shall survive the expiration and termination of the other portions of this Agreement for a period of [**] from the date hereof. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement each party will, upon request, return all Proprietary Information received from the other party and copies made thereof by the Receiving Party under this Agreement, or certify by written memorandum that all such Proprietary Information has been destroyed except that each party may retain an archival copy to be used only in case of a dispute concerning this Agreement.

Each party warrants that it has the right to disclose the Proprietary Information disclosed to the other party hereunder for the purpose set out in this Agreement.

Except as expressly provided herein neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the furnishing of any Proprietary Information shall be construed as granting either expressly or by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license under any invention, improvement, discovery or patent now or hereafter owned or controlled by a party disclosing Proprietary Information hereunder.

If either Party should be required by law or regulation, or receive a subpoena, court order or other governmental order that compels such Party to disclose Proprietary Information of the other Party, it shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party so the latter may take necessary steps to prevent or limit disclosure. In any event, the Receiving Party shall disclose only so much of the Disclosing Party’s Proprietary Information as is required by law.

7    Limitations on Usage of Licensee Furnished Items

Licensee furnished items are defined to be any software, firmware, hardware, systems, or documentation, provided by Licensee to Licensor. Licensor shall not reverse engineer Licensee furnished items. Upon completion of the effort under the attached SOW, or upon request by Licensee, whichever occurs first, the Licensor shall return all Licensee furnished items to Licensee, unless otherwise specified by Licensee in writing or in the requirements of the SOW.

8    Quality Assurance/Configuration Management/Safety Requirements

Licensor shall establish and maintain a quality assurance system that complies with its standard commercial processes with the intent of meeting ISO 9001 and other applicable industry standards that Licensor has adopted as part of its quality program. Licensor will allow Licensee representative(s) to witness testing at Licensor’s facility for any software that will be delivered to Licensee as part of a Milestone described within this Agreement.

Subsequent to Agreement Effective Date, Quality and Configuration Management plans will be generated (either as a stand alone or incorporated within other plans). The resulting quality or configuration management plan will clearly describe the technical change review board process that will be conducted between Licensor and Licensee.

Licensee may require Licensor to provide data and perform analysis in support of MUOS program safety requirements that may be subsequently required under this Agreement after the Effective Date. Any resulting safety requirements will be negotiated in good faith and accepted in writing by the Parties, but will be included within the scope of this Agreement.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

11

9    Malicious Software or Systems

The Licensor shall determine that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, the software and systems provided do not contain any malicious code, program, or other internal component (e.g., computer virus) which could damage, destroy, or alter software, firmware, or hardware or which could reveal any data or other information accessed through or processed by the software or systems. Further, the Licensor shall immediately inform Licensee upon reasonable suspicion that any software or systems provided hereunder may cause the harm described above.

10    Force Majeure

A Party shall be excused for nonperformance under this Agreement, for such period of time as the cause of non-performance continues to exist, if the failure to perform arises, in whole or in part, out of causes beyond the control and without the negligence of the Party. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to (a) acts of God or of the public enemy, (b) acts of the Government in either its sovereign or contractual capacity, (c) fires, (d) floods, (e) epidemics, (f) quarantine restrictions, (g) strikes, (h) freight embargoes and (i) unusually severe weather. If the delay is caused by a delay of Licensor and if such delay arises out of causes beyond the reasonable control of both, and without the negligence of either, Licensor shall be excused from nonperformance unless the goods to be furnished by the Licensor were obtainable from other sources at substantially the same cost in sufficient time to permit Licensor to meet the required delivery schedules. Licensor shall notify Licensee in writing within ten (10) calendar days after the beginning of any such cause.

11    Governing Law and Venue

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. No consideration shall be given to Delaware’s conflict of laws rules. To the extent not provided for in Section 12, the Parties agree and consent to exclusive venue and jurisdiction in the state and federal courts located in Delaware for all controversies and disputes arising under or in any way relating to this Agreement.

12    Disputes

(a)    Any dispute between the Parties shall be settled in the following manner: Licensee and Licensor agree to enter into a negotiation to resolve any dispute. Both parties agree to negotiate in good faith to reach a mutually agreeable settlement within a reasonable amount of time. Each Party will appoint a senior management representative who does not devote substantially all of his or her time to performance under this Agreement. The representatives will furnish to each other all non-privileged information with respect to the dispute that the Parties believe to be appropriate and germane. The representatives will negotiate in an effort to resolve the dispute without the necessity of any formal proceeding. [**]

(b)    [**] Either Party will have the right to apply at any time to a judicial authority for appropriate injunctive or other interim or provisional relief [**]

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

12

13    Injunctive Relief

The Parties agree to the confidentiality provisions contained in Section 6, above, and acknowledge that the unauthorized disclosure of any information required to be kept confidential pursuant to this Agreement may give rise to immediate irreparable injury to the Party that owns the information. Notwithstanding the dispute resolution provision contained herein, each Party may obtain immediate and injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach by the other Party of the covenants to keep such information confidential. The Parties further agree that the covenants contained herein are reasonably necessary for the protection of legitimate business interests of the Parties and are reasonable in scope and content.

14    Severability

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be unenforceable or invalid under any applicable law or be so held by applicable court decision, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not render this Agreement unenforceable or invalid as a whole, and, in such event, such provision shall be changed and interpreted so as to best accomplish the objectives of such unenforceable or invalid provision within the limits of applicable law or applicable court decisions.

15    Export/Security Regulations

Licensee agrees that it will not in any form export, re-export, ship, or divert or cause to be diverted, directly or indirectly, the Licensed Software to any country for which the United States Government, any agency thereof, or any other sovereign Government, at the time of export or reexport, requires an export license or other governmental approval without first obtaining such license or approval. Furthermore, Licensor understands that the majority of MUOS Technical Information and Technical Services are subject to U.S. Government export control laws and regulations. Therefore, Licensor shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable U.S. export control laws and regulations including the requirements of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) and the Export Administration Regulations (EAR). Licensor agrees that, except as allowed under applicable U.S. laws and regulations, no export controlled item, data, or service, furnished to it on or produced by it for the MUOS Program will be disclosed to any foreign person, business, or country, including foreign persons employed by or associated with, or under contract with the Licensor, without the authority of an export license, agreement or applicable license exemption. In the event the Licensor or any sub tier supplier needs to disclose MUOS export-controlled items, data or services to foreign persons, the Licensor shall be responsible (i) for obtaining, and ensuring its sub tier supplier obtains, all necessary approvals from the Government and any required export license, agreement or applicable license exemption and (ii) for compliance with the terms of the export license, agreement or exemption. Licensor shall first notify and obtain the written consent of Licensee prior to it or its sub tier supplier submitting any request for authority to export MUOS technical data or services. Licensor is responsible for including export control requirements in sub tier supplier agreements, and for ensuring that the suppliers are capable of complying with all applicable U.S. Government export control laws and regulations.

Licensor is responsible for maintaining an effective export/import compliance program that ensures compliance to government export control laws and regulations. Licensor is responsible for maintenance of proper policies and procedures, personnel training, and marking of documents, as appropriate, in accordance with such export/import compliance program.

If required by Licensee, Licensor agrees to implement security requirements mandated by the U.S. Government issued via a DD-254 to Lockheed Martin’s contract and subsequently flowed down to

13

Licensee’s contract. If Licensor is unable to implement or follow such requirements, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to resolve such issue or issues.

16    Records, Audit Rights

At all times during the term of this Agreement and for [**] following the termination of this Agreement, Licensee will maintain at its principal place of business accurate records relating to its licensing obligations under this Agreement.

17    Point of Contact Designation

The Licensor shall designate to Licensee, in writing, a representative to serve as point of contact for the Licensor with Licensee or the Government.

18    Guidelines on Nationality

Licensor further understands that Licensee is a defense contractor providing work for the United States Government, and as such, is under certain mandatory security obligations with regard to access to its facilities and technology. Due to the fact that disclosure of certain information to any individual may be deemed an export, Licensor agrees that it will not assign any worker to perform services under this Agreement on Licensee’s premises for the applicable program unless that person either receives a license for the export at issue or qualifies as a “U.S. person.” The following persons shall be defined as a “U. S. person”:

i. U.S. citizen;

ii. U.S. nationals, including an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence (those possessing a valid Form I-550 or “green card”);

iii. Alien admitted following a 1986 amnesty statute;

iv. Asylee or refugee as defined in 8 U.S.C. 1324(b)(a)(3); or

v. Alien lawfully admitted for temporary agricultural employment.

18.1    Access to Information

Licensor further agrees that, should Licensee determine that the work performed under this Agreement will enable persons working for the Licensor (including the Licensor) to have access to unclassified information that relates to a U.S. Government classified program, or other information regulated by the National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual (‘NISPOM”), Licensor will not assign any worker to perform services under this Agreement (including the Licensor) unless such persons are citizens or nationals of the United States.

In addition to the foregoing requirements, Licensor will comply with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (“IRCA”) and in particular, have all of its applicable workers fill out an I-9 form, verifying their authorization to work in the United States.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

14

Licensee agrees to conspicuously mark all documentation and technical information that is subject to a U.S. Government classified program (including NISPOM). Licensee further agrees to use its best efforts to assist Licensor from time to time, upon request, to determine the appropriate export control classification of particular documentation and technical information (e.g., whether subject to ITAR or EAR, and USML Category or Export Control Classification No.). Furthermore, Licensee represents and warrants to Licensor that all persons assigned by Licensee to communicate with Licensor in connection with this Agreement are “U.S. persons” as defined in Section 18 above.

19    Gratuities

Licensor warrants that neither it nor any of its employees, agents or representatives have offered or given, or will offer or give, any gratuities to Licensee’s employees, agents or representatives for the purpose of securing this Agreement or securing favorable treatment under this Agreement.

20    Publicity

Except as required by law or applicable regulation (including without limitation, SEC and Nasdaq rules), neither Party shall issue any press release or make any other public statement or filing relating to this Agreement, any work done under this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without obtaining the prior written approval of the other party (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) as to the contents and the manner of presentation and publication of such press release or public statement.

21    [**]

22    Waiver

The failure of either Party to require performance by the other party of any provision hereof shall not affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter; nor shall the waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision hereof or failure to enforce a right hereunder be taken or held to be a waiver of the provision itself. No delay or omission by either Party to this Agreement in the exercise or enforcement of any of its powers or rights hereunder shall constitute a waiver of such power or right. A waiver by either Party of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by such Party, and shall not imply subsequent waiver of that or any other provision.

23    Nature of Relationship

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as Licensee and Licensor creating a joint venture, agency, employment relationship, partnership, principal-agent, joint development or other form of joint enterprise between the Parties. Neither Party shall be liable to any person for any debts, liabilities or obligations incurred by or on behalf of the other Party hereto or its business. Both Parties agree to disclose in their respective dealings that they are separate entities.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

15

24    Non-Solicitation

During the term of this Agreement and for [**] after its expiration or termination, neither Party will solicit for employment any employee of the other Party who was involved in the performance of the Party’s obligations under this Agreement, unless the hiring party first obtains the written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party shall have the right to hire any individual employed by the other who, without solicitation, responds to employment advertising in the newspapers, trade publications or other public commercial media or any unsolicited walk in candidates not related to this Agreement.

25    Notices

Wherever under this Agreement one Party is required or permitted to give notice to the other, such notice shall be in writing and shall be effected either by personal delivery or [**] after deposit in the United States mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the receiving Party’s respective address shown on the first page hereof, or via telefacsimile with confirmation receipt followed by U.S. mail. Each Party to this Agreement may from time to time change the address to which notices may be given by giving the other Party written notice, in the manner provided in this Section, of the new address and the date upon which it will become effective.

The primary points of contact for the transmittal of Proprietary Information, notices, and authorizations under this Agreement are as follows:

InterDigital Communications Corporation

[**], Senior Manager

and

Decision Systems

[**], Staff Contract Manager

Either Party may redesignate its respective designated representative(s) by written or electronic notice to the other Party.

26    Attorneys’ Fees

In the event there is any proceeding or lawsuit in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled to receive its costs, expert witness fees and reasonable attorneys’ fees, including costs and fees on appeal.

27    Bankruptcy of InterDigital

The Agreement is to be interpreted in accordance with Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. It is understood and agreed that the intellectual property license under this Agreement is intellectual property as defined in Section 101(35A) of the Bankruptcy Code and that Section 365(n) shall govern this Agreement in the event that InterDigital files for bankruptcy.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

28    Government Contracts Flowdown Clauses

Licensor agrees to comply with any applicable provisions of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Veteran’s Readjustment Act of 1974, and Executive Order 11246, and implementing regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor, which embody governmental policy on equal employment opportunity. The following FAR provisions are incorporated herein by reference: (i) 52.219-8 Utilization of Small Business Concerns (if the contract exceeds $500,000) (ii) 52.222-26 Equal Opportunity, (iii) 52.222-35 Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era and Other Eligible Veterans, (iv) 52.222-36 Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities, (v) 52.222-41 Service Contract Act of 1965 as Amended and (vi) 52.247-64 Preference for Privately Owned U.S. Flag Commercial Vessels.

29    List Of Attachments Applicable To This Agreement

Exhibit A – Delivery/Payment Schedule

Exhibit B – Statement of Work

Exhibit C – Software Maintenance, Support and Training

30    Entire Agreement

To the extent Licensee is licensed under a patent license agreement (or any agreement providing for the license of patent rights) with Licensor or any of its subsidiaries, which patent license covers the manufacture, sale or use of (1) commercial products, (2) or products under standards that differ from the standards covered under this Agreement, or (3) other products that differ from the products covered under this Agreement, such other patent license agreement shall remain in full force and effect both as to the commercial products and as to those differing standards and/or other products. To the extent Licensee was licensed under another patent license agreement with Licensor or any of its subsidiaries prior to the Effective Date for the manufacture, use, or sale of FDD products covered under this Agreement, the terms of that prior agreement shall continue to apply up to but not including the Effective Date. With the exception of the foregoing and the treatment of confidential information disclosed pursuant to the Non-Disclosure Agreement dated June 9, 2003, this Agreement contains the complete and final agreement between the Parties, and supersedes all previous understandings, relating to the subject matter hereof whether oral or written. This Agreement may only be modified or amended by a written agreement signed by duly authorized representatives of each Party.

31    Order of Precedence

In the event that two or more provisions in this Agreement conflict and there is no reasonable interpretation that resolves the conflict in a manner that is consistent with the entire Agreement, then the Parties shall resolve the conflict using the following descending order of precedence: 1) this Software License Agreement; and 2) the Attachments hereto.

32    Changes

If a change order causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or time required for the performance of this Agreement an equitable adjustment shall be made in the price or delivery schedule, or both, and the Agreement shall be modified, in writing, accordingly. Failure to agree to any adjustment shall be a dispute to be resolved under the procedures established in this Agreement.

17

33    Assignment

Licensor recognizes that General Dynamics Decision Systems will be renamed General Dynamics C4 Systems (“C4 Systems”) in early 2005 due to an internal reorganization. InterDigital consents to an assignment of this agreement to C4 Systems at the time the reorganization occurs provided that C4 Systems assumes all rights, obligations and responsibilities of General Dynamics Decision Systems with respect to this Agreement and all rights, obligations and responsibilities of General Dynamics Decision Systems’ role in the MUOS Project at the Effective Date of this Agreement. Further, should General Dynamics Decision Systems remain in existence as a legal entity following such reorganization, it shall remain contingently liable for all of C4 System’s assigned obligations and responsibilities hereunder. Licensor shall be notified by General Dynamics Decision Systems when such name change occurs. Licensor may not assign or transfer this Agreement to another party unless Licensee agrees to such assignment or transfer and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

18

Exhibit A

Deliverables/Milestones
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]	[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]
[**]	[**]		[**]		[**]

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

19

Exhibit A

Notes:

1. Price- [**] of the price for each milestone release will be paid within [**] of delivery and Verification of the component release and receipt of a proper invoice by Decision Systems. The remaining [**] of the price will be paid within [**] of Acceptance by Decision Systems of the component release. Acceptance of milestone deliverables [**] shall be made by Decision Systems within [**] of the applicable Delivery Date. Acceptance of the [**] milestone deliverables shall be made by Decision Systems within [**] of the applicable Delivery Date.

2. Milestones [**] are options that can be exercised at Licensor’s sole discretion, however Licensor’s option to exercise these Milestones at the cumulative price of $800,000 will expire on [**]. After [**] Licensor may exercise these Milestone options at the [**] or on a time and material basis through [**].

3. Milestone [**] is an option that can be exercised at Licensor’s sole discretion, however Licensor’s option to exercise this Milestone within the not to exceed (NTE) price of $3.2M will expire on March 1, 2006.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

20

Exhibit B

Statement of Work

[**]

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

21

Exhibit C

Maintenance/Support Requirements

Licensor will provide Licensee with software maintenance/support for a period of three years following delivery and acceptance by Licensee of the final Milestone [**]. After the initial three years of maintenance/support, Licensee shall have an option to renew for additional annual periods at a base rate of [**], adjusted for inflation.

Licensor agrees to negotiate in good faith an engineering services agreement with Licensee that will provide Licensee with engineering services on a periodic as-needed basis that has a term of no less than [**]. Engineering services requested by Licensee will be described in Task Orders issued under the engineering services agreement. The engineering services to be provided by Licensor under such Task Orders will be mutually agreed by the parties prior to issuance by Licensee.

Licensor agrees to provide engineering services to Licensee under the resulting engineering services agreement at [**] for a period of [**] after the Effective Date of this Agreement. The [**] for engineering services thereafter will increase to $[**] for the next [**] and thereafter be [**]. Licensee agrees to pay Licensor [**] associated with such services and maintenance provided at Licensee’s facility or Licensee designated location.

** Material has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

22

EX-10.65

EXHIBIT 10.65

2005 Compensation Program for Outside Directors

Annual Board Retainer:	$25,000
Committee Chairs:	$15,000/$30,000 for Audit Committee Chair
Committee Membership:	$5,000
Re-election RSU Grant:	6,000 RSUs (vesting 2,000 each year beginning at 1st anniversary of re-election)
Annual RSU Grant: (to all outside directors at each annual meeting*)	2,000 RSUs (vesting in full one year from grant date)

* For so long as a director has options vesting pursuant to a grant made under the previous director compensation plan (i.e. program which provided a grant of 48,000 options upon election, vesting 16,000 at each subsequent annual meeting), he will not be entitled to the Annual RSU Grant.

All cash payments shall be based on service for a full year; pro rata payment shall be made for service of less than one year. Payment shall be quarterly and may be deferred.

Equity awards shall be granted effective at the corresponding Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

As approved by the Compensation Committee February 3, 2005

EX-10.66

EXHIBIT 10.66

InterDigital Communications Corporation

Annual Employee Bonus Plan

Purpose

This Annual Employee Bonus Plan (“Plan”) is designed to provide an effective means to motivate and compensate eligible employees, on an annual basis, through cash and stock award bonuses based on the achievement of business and individual performance objectives during each calendar year (“Plan Year”). The Plan is intended to be the Company’s primary vehicle for the granting of bonuses. However, the Company may, in certain limited circumstances, grant bonuses outside of this program, in the sole discretion of the Company.

The compensation contemplated under this Plan is considered “payment for success” in that any payout under the Plan is subject to the achievement of specific performance goals by the Company and by each individual during the Plan Year. The Company believes that such compensation can be a highly effective form of compensation that can enhance the employer - employee “stakeholder” relationship. In addition, the Company hopes that by providing short-term incentive compensation, the Company will motivate and increase the retention rate among its employees which, in turn, will enhance the Company’s long-term value.

Who Is Eligible?

All regular full-time or part-time employees¹ will be eligible to receive a bonus under the Plan, unless an employee: (i) is not working actively at the time of the payout of the bonus or at least as of March 31^st of the year following the end of the Plan Year (unless such person was involuntarily terminated other than for intentional wrongdoing after the end of the Plan Year, but before the bonus was paid); (ii) was working actively for the Company for less than ninety (90) days during the Plan Year, (iii) received an individual performance appraisal rating of less than “2.75” (Meets Job Requirements) for the Plan Year, or (iv) was involuntarily terminated for unsatisfactory performance or misconduct, such determination to be made in the CEO’s sole discretion (or the Compensation & Stock Option Committee in the case of Section 16 Officers) based upon documentary or other objective substantiation.

The Compensation & Stock Option Committee (“Compensation Committee”) may grant exceptions to the above eligibility criteria in its sole discretion. In addition, Employees who meet

¹ “Regular full-time” and “regular part-time” employees are defined in the employee handbook and specifically exclude “seasonal/casual employees”, (which are also defined in the employee handbook).

the eligibility requirements set out above but were not regular full-time or regular part-time employees for the full Plan Year will be paid any bonus on a pro rata basis.² Pro-rata will mean a percentage determined by the CEO or President (in his discretion) within a range (specified below) based upon a number of days within the Plan Year during which the employee was employed on a regular, full-time or regular part-time, non-temporary basis at InterDigital.

Number of Days Employed	Pro-Rata Portion of Bonus to be Paid
90 to 180 days	25 to 50	%
181 to 270 days	51 to 75	%
271 to 364 days	76 to 100	%.

How Does the Plan Work?

Each employee is assigned a target bonus. The target bonus is a percentage of the employee’s annual base salary in effect as of the end of the Plan Year. If the Company or Department achieves certain business performance results, and the employee achieves certain individual goals, the employee will receive the target bonus. Company or Department business performance results will be measured either based on the Company’s Annual Goals, as approved by the Compensation Committee, for C.E.O., President, and Sr. Officers, and based on Departmental Goals, as approved by the Department Head and COO, for all other levels of employees. If the actual results of the Company or Department business performance for the year exceed or fall short of the targets, then the target bonus will be adjusted up or down, depending upon the level of business and individual achievement. The specific adjustments and an example of how the bonus is calculated is described below.

The business performance goals will be determined by the Compensation Committee for the C.E.O., President and Sr. Officer levels and the business performance goals for each Department will be determined by the Department Head and COO and will be communicated to the employees, normally in the first quarter of each Plan Year. The assessment of individual performance goals will be accomplished through the employee’s annual performance rating. The business and individual performance goals are intended to be reasonable “stretch” goals.

The impact of actual business or individual performance during the Plan Year on the bonus paid varies between positions, with the bonus for the Company officers being more dependant upon overall Company performance, while the bonuses for management and non-management employees being more dependant upon individual performance. The relative weighting of the business and individual performance goals has been established based upon an estimation of the employee’s ability, based on their position within the Company, to directly impact and be held accountable for, his or her achievements and the Company’s overall performance.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

² Employees who do not work a full Plan Year because they were out of work on an approved leave of absence for part of the plan year (FMLA Leave, Medical Leave independent of FMLA Leave, Personal Leave, or leave during which the employee receives any STD, LTD or worker’s compensation payments) will also be paid any bonus on a pro rata basis.

2

The Annual Target Bonus for each band, and the associated weighting factors are as follows:

Band (In the event a Participant changes bands during the Plan Year, the Annual Target Bonus will be calculated based on the Participant’s actual band at year-end)	Annual Target Bonus (% of base salary)	Percentage of Bonus Related to Business Performance (either Company or Departmental)	Percentage of Annual Target Bonus Related to Individual Performance
C.E.O.	57%	75%	25%
President	50%	75%	25%
Sr. Officer	40%	75%	25%
Functional VP	35%	75%	25%
Senior Director	25%	60%	40%
Director/Functional Equivalent	20%	60%	40%
Senior Manger/ Functional Equivalent	15%	40%	60%
Manager/ Functional Equivalent	10%	40%	60%
Non-Management	4%/6%/8% based on grade level	25%	75%

In each Plan Year, the portion of the Annual Target Bonus related to business performance may be allocated among a number of business goals.

How Do Actual Business and Individual Performance Affect the Bonus to be Paid?

As described above, the bonus consists of two components: the bonus attributable to business /departmental performance, and the bonus attributable to individual performance. The impact of actual results as compared to business/departmental and individual goals on any bonus to be paid is described below.

Business Goals. The calculation of the bonus payout for the business performance will be based upon either Company’s actual business results measured against the goals set by the Compensation Committee (for the C.E.O, President and Sr. Officer) or the Department’s actual business results measured against the goals set by the Department (for all other bands). If the Company or Department achieves a specified goal, then 100% of the bonus related to that business goal will be awarded. If actual results deviate from established business goals, then the bonus payout amounts will be determined as follows:

3

Results above the goal: If the Company/Department performance exceeds the established business goals by a certain percentage (e.g., actual Company earnings exceed an established goal by ten percent), then the payout of that portion of the annual target bonus related to that business goal will be increased by that percentage amount above the goal, up to a maximum of a 100% increase over the bonus associated that goal. Thus, if actual Company/Department performance on a particular goal exceeds the goal by 10%, then the target bonus associated with that goal will be increased by 10%, see below:

Results	Percentage Payout
101%	101	%
¯	¯
200%	200	%

Results below the goal: If the actual business performance falls short of an established goal by a certain percentage (e.g., actual Company earnings are 10% less than the earnings goal), then the bonus associated with that business goal will be decreased by four times the percentage of the shortfall, with no bonus being payable for a goal if the goal is missed by more than 20%. The sliding scale for results below the target is given below:

Results	Percentage Payout
100%	100	%
90%	60	%
80%	20	%
79%	0	%

The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, can determine that a business goal has been substantially met or has been met to a degree warranting a higher pay-out than would otherwise be calculable under this Plan. For example, the Compensation Committee may determine that one-time charges should be disregarded in determining the pay-out under an earnings performance goal.

Individual Performance. The evaluation of the individual performance is the responsibility of the employee’s supervisor using the Company’s performance evaluation system. The payout of the bonus related to individual performance will be based on the employee’s individual appraisal rating given pursuant to the performance evaluation, as follows:

Appraisal Rating		Percentage Payout of Bonus Related to Individual Performance
4.85 – 5.0	(Outstanding)	140	%
4.70 – 4.84	( “ )	135	%
4.55 – 4.69	(Exceeds Job Requirements)	130	%
4.40 – 4.54	( “ )	125	%
4.25 – 4.39	( “ )	120	%
4.10 – 4.24	( “ )	115	%
3.95 – 4.09	( “ )	110	%
3.80 – 3.94	( “ )	105	%
3.65 – 3.79	(Meets Job Requirements)	100	%
3.50 – 3.64	( “ )	95	%
3.35 – 3.49	( “ )	90	%
3.20 – 3.34	( “ )	85	%
3.05 – 3.19	( “ )	80	%
2.90 – 3.04	( “ )	75	%
2.75 – 2.89	( “ )	70	%
2.74 ¯	(Needs Improvement/Unsatisfactory)	0	%

4

When Will the Bonus Be Paid?

Bonuses will normally be paid under the Plan between February 15 and March 31 of the year following each Plan Year.

An Example of How the Bonus is Calculated

Assume an entry level management employee is earning a base salary of $50,000 and is employed for the full Plan Year. The employee has an annual target bonus of 10% of base salary ($5000). The Department previously established two business targets of equal weight for the Plan Year. The actual results for the first goal were 4% below the goal.; the actual results for the second goal were 2% above the goal. The employee achieves an individual performance appraisal of “3.4”. The employee’s bonus would be calculated as follows:

	A	B	C	AxC
Performance Factor	Percentage of Bonus Relating to Performance Factor	Result as a Percentage of Goal	Percentage Payout	Weighted Result
Goal One	20%	96%	84% (1 to 4 ratio)	16.80% (84% x 20%)
Goal Two	20%	102%	102% (1 to 1 ratio)	20.40% (102% x 20%)
Individual Performance	60%	90%	90%	54% (60% x 90%)
Total	100%	N/A	N/A	91.20%
Bonus Calculation	Base Salary x Weighted Result x Annual Target Bonus = Bonus to be paid $50,000 x 91.20% x 10% = $4,560

Who Will Receive Bonus Payments in Common Stock?

For the CEO, President, Sr. Officer, and Functional Vice President bands or technical equivalent positions (ie - “Fellow”), the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, pay up to 30% of the bonus in restricted common stock pursuant to the 1999 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended.

5

If restricted common stock is to be paid in lieu of cash, the number of shares to be granted will be calculated as follows:

Number of Shares =	Up to 30% of Bonus
	Closing Common Stock Price
	on the Date Prior to the Grant as
	reported in the Wall Street Journal

The Company will reimburse the employee, on a grossed-up basis, for any tax liability (including, in the event of a Change of Control, any excise tax liability under Section 4999 of the IRS Code or any successor provision that may apply to such Restricted Stock payment) associated with the grant of restricted stock. Tax liability will be calculated using maximum tax rates. The stock will be registered but will be subject to a two-year holding period. The Company will not impose any other material restrictions (other than those set out in the 1999 Restricted Stock Plan or required by law) or forfeiture provisions, including no forfeiture provisions applicable to termination of employment except in the case of termination during the two-year holding period for intentional wrongdoing.

Miscellaneous

The establishment of this Plan, any provisions of this Plan, and/or any action of the Compensation Committee or any Company officer with respect to this Plan, does not confer upon any employee the right to continued employment with the Company. The Company reserves the right to dismiss any employee at will (at any time, with or without prior notice, with or without cause), or otherwise deal with an employee to the same extent as though the Plan had not been adopted.

The Company may, at its discretion, provide for any federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social Security or other tax requirements applicable to the accrual of payment of benefits under the Plan, and all such determinations shall be final and conclusive.

The resolution of any questions with respect to payments and entitlements pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall be determined by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, and all such determinations shall be final and conclusive.

This Plan may be terminated or revoked by the Compensation Committee, at its sole discretion, at any time and amended by the Compensation Committee, at its sole discretion, from time to time without the approval of any employee provided that such action does not reduce the amount of any Bonus payment below an amount equal to the amount that would have been payable to the eligible employee with respect to the Plan Year in which the termination, revocation or amendment of the Plan occurs under the terms of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to such termination, revocation or amendment, applied on a pro-rata basis.

****************************************

Amended by the Compensation & Stock Option Committee on 9/30/2004.

6

EX-21

EXHIBIT 21

Subsidiaries of InterDigital Communications Corporation

Company	Jurisdiction/State of Incorporation
Digital Cellular Corporation	Pennsylvania
InterDigital Asia KK	Japan
InterDigital Canada Ltee	Delaware
InterDigital Communications (Europe) Ltd.	United Kingdom
InterDigital Facility Company	Delaware
InterDigital Finance Corporation	Delaware
InterDigital Germany GmbH	Germany
InterDigital Mobilecom, Inc.	New York
InterDigital Advanced Technologies, Inc.	Delaware
InterDigital Technology Corporation	Delaware
InterDigital SE Asia, Ltd.	Pennsylvania
InterDigital Telecom, Inc.	New York
IPR Licensing, Inc.	Delaware
Tantivy Communications, Inc.	Delaware
Universal Service Telephone Corp.	Nevada
USTC Supply Corporation	Nevada
USTC World Trade Corporation	Nevada
Wireless Digital Networks, Inc.	Pennsylvania

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-96781, No. 333-66626, No. 333-85560, No. 333-63276, No. 333-56412) and S-3 (No. 333-85692) of InterDigital Communications Corporation of our report dated March 31, 2005 relating to the financial statements, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 31, 2005

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

OF

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

I, Howard E. Goldberg, President and Chief Executive Officer, InterDigital Communications Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of InterDigital Communications Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and to the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ HOWARD E. GOLDBERG
	Howard E. Goldberg
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

OF

INTERDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

I, Richard J. Fagan, Chief Financial Officer, InterDigital Communications Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of InterDigital Communications Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and to the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ R. J. FAGAN
	Richard J. Fagan
	Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of InterDigital Communications Corporation (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Howard E. Goldberg, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ HOWARD E. GOLDBERG
	Howard E. Goldberg
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of InterDigital Communications Corporation (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard J. Fagan, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 31, 2005	/s/ R. J. FAGAN
	Richard J. Fagan
	Chief Financial Officer